(end-of-defun-function): Make it more clear that
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob78c3cac1586a5f75f8d120ba44f1ae967a78c9bc
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18787 48933))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (18791 16530))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18789
125 ;;;;;; 14212))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18787 48921))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY...)
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
387 BODY...)
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
391 ;;;***
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18811 42750))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
427 options.
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
432 Fred (123) 456-7890
433 Alice (123) 456-7890
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
435 Joe (123) 456-7890
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
448 align that section.
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
468 to be colored.
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
475 \(fn)" t nil)
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 \(fn)" t nil)
482 ;;;***
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
522 \\<allout-mode-map>
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
533 outline.)
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
546 and many other features.
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
563 Exposure Control:
564 ----------------
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
571 Navigation:
572 ----------
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
596 current topic
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
620 Misc commands:
621 -------------
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
624 for `allout-layout'.
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
633 format.
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
635 auto-activation.
637 Topic Encryption
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
652 pitfalls.
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
656 for details.
658 HOT-SPOT Operation
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
683 Extending Allout
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
689 `allout-mode-hook'
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
696 Terminology
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
703 CURRENT ITEM:
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
707 called the:
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
710 ANCESTORS:
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
713 of the ITEM.
714 OFFSPRING:
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
716 SUBTOPIC:
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
718 CHILD:
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
720 SIBLINGS:
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
723 Topic text constituents:
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
726 text.
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
729 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
737 the PREFIX.
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
740 of the ITEM.
741 PREFIX-LEAD:
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
753 PREFIX-PADDING:
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
765 more details.
766 EXPOSURE:
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
769 CONCEALED:
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
789 ;;;***
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18849 38521))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
807 Not documented
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
811 ;;;***
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18787 48933))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
839 ;;;***
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18787 48911))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
848 \(fn)" t nil)
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
863 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
865 ;;;***
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18791 16530))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
876 \\[yank].
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
881 the rules.
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
888 \(fn)" t nil)
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
892 \\{antlr-mode-map}
894 \(fn)" t nil)
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
900 \(fn)" nil nil)
902 ;;;***
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18787 48920))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
917 \(fn)" t nil)
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
932 \(fn)" nil nil)
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
941 ;;;***
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18848 908))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 normal variables.
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1041 bindings.
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1046 ;;;***
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18787
1049 ;;;;;; 48911))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 archive.
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1067 ;;;***
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18794 5653))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 The variables are:
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1136 \(fn)" t nil)
1138 ;;;***
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18829
1141 ;;;;;; 65374))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1145 Toggle Artist mode.
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1155 How to submit a bug report
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1162 mouse-2
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 below).
1167 mouse-1
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 or pastes:
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1174 to new point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1191 lines
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Paste Paste Paste
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 or diagonally.
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 poly-lines.
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 some time to fill.
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1236 Settings
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1252 Drawing with keys
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1273 Arrows
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1282 Selecting operation
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1308 Variables
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1333 Hooks
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1339 Keymap summary
1341 \\{artist-mode-map}
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1345 ;;;***
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18787
1348 ;;;;;; 48933))
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1368 Special commands:
1369 \\{asm-mode-map}
1371 \(fn)" t nil)
1373 ;;;***
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1396 For example:
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1427 ;;;***
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1436 \(fn)" t nil)
1438 ;;;***
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18787 48911))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1476 ;;;***
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1511 \(fn)" nil nil)
1513 ;;;***
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18787 48911))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1537 \(fn)" nil nil)
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1563 \(fn)" nil nil)
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1577 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1578 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1579 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1583 ;;;***
1585 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1586 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18787 48911))
1587 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1589 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1590 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1591 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1595 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1597 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1598 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1599 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1600 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1602 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1603 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1604 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1606 Effects of the different modes:
1607 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1608 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1609 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1610 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1611 a random distance & direction.
1612 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1613 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1614 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1616 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1618 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1619 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1620 definition of \"random distance\".)
1622 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1624 ;;;***
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1627 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
1628 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1629 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1631 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1632 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1633 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1634 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1636 \(fn)" t nil)
1638 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1639 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1640 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1643 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1645 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1647 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1648 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1649 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1650 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1651 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1652 seconds.
1654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1656 ;;;***
1658 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1659 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18787 48921))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1662 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1663 Time execution of FORMS.
1664 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1665 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1666 FORMS once.
1667 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1668 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1669 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1673 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1674 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1675 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1676 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1677 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1679 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1681 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1682 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1683 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1684 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1685 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1687 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1689 ;;;***
1691 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1692 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18846 15695))
1693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1695 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1696 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1697 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1698 of corresponding buffers.
1699 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1700 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1701 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1702 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1703 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1704 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1706 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1708 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1709 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1711 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1713 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1714 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1715 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1716 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1718 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1719 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1720 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1721 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1722 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1724 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1725 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1728 Special information:
1730 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1732 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1733 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1734 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1735 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1736 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1737 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1738 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1739 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1740 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1741 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1742 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1744 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1745 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1746 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1747 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1748 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1749 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1750 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1751 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1753 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1755 ----------------------------------------------------------
1756 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1757 if that value is non-nil.
1759 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1761 \(fn)" t nil)
1763 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1764 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1765 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1766 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1767 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1768 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1769 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1770 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1771 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1772 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1774 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1776 ;;;***
1778 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1779 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
1780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1783 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1784 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1786 \(fn)" t nil)
1788 ;;;***
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1791 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1792 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
1793 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1795 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1797 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1798 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1799 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1801 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1803 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1804 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1813 ;;;***
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18787
1816 ;;;;;; 48933))
1817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1819 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1820 Play blackbox.
1821 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1823 What is blackbox?
1825 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1826 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1827 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1828 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1829 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1830 your score.
1832 Overview of play:
1834 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1835 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1836 four.
1838 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1839 movement keys.
1841 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1842 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1844 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1845 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1847 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1848 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1849 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1850 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1851 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1852 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1854 Details:
1856 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1858 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1859 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1860 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1861 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1863 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1864 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1865 denoted by the letter `R'.
1867 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1868 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1869 denoted by the letter `H'.
1871 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1872 example.
1874 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1875 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1876 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1877 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1878 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1879 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1880 ray.
1882 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1883 degree deflection it causes.
1886 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1887 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1888 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1889 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1893 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1896 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1897 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1903 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1909 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1910 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1911 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1912 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1913 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1914 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1915 emerging from the box.
1917 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1924 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1929 a reflection.
1931 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1933 ;;;***
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1936 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1937 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1938 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18787
1939 ;;;;;; 48911))
1940 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1941 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1942 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1943 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1945 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1946 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1947 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1948 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1949 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1950 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1951 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1953 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1954 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1955 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1956 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1957 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1958 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1959 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1960 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1961 recent one.
1963 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1964 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1965 yank successive words.
1967 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1968 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1969 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1970 name of the file being visited.
1972 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1973 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1974 the list of bookmarks.)
1976 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1978 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1979 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1980 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1981 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1982 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1983 this.
1985 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1986 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1987 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1988 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1990 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
1993 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
1994 See `bookmark-jump'.
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
1999 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2000 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2001 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2002 after a bookmark was set in it.
2004 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2008 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2009 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2011 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2013 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2016 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2017 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2018 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2020 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2021 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2022 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2024 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2025 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2026 name.
2028 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2032 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2033 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2034 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2035 this.
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2040 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2041 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2042 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2043 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2044 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2045 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2046 probably because we were called from there.
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2050 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2051 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2052 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2054 \(fn)" t nil)
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2057 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2058 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2059 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2060 \(second argument).
2062 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2063 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2064 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2065 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2066 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2068 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2069 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2070 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2071 `bookmark-default-file'.
2073 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2076 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2077 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2078 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2079 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2080 while loading.
2082 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2083 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2084 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2085 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2086 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2087 explicitly.
2089 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2090 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2091 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2092 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2094 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2096 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2097 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2098 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2099 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2100 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2102 \(fn)" t nil)
2104 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2106 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2108 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2110 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2112 ;;;***
2114 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2115 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2116 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2117 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2118 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2119 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2120 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2121 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2122 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2123 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
2124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2126 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2127 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2128 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2129 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2131 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2132 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2133 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2134 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2135 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2137 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2139 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2140 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2142 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2144 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2145 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2147 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2149 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2150 Not documented
2152 \(fn)" nil nil)
2154 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2156 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2157 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2158 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2159 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2161 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2163 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2164 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2165 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2166 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2167 narrowed.
2169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2171 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2172 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2174 \(fn)" t nil)
2176 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2177 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2179 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2181 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2184 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2186 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2189 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2190 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2191 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2196 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2197 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2198 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2199 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2200 to use.
2202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2204 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2205 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2206 Default to the URL around or before point.
2208 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2209 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2210 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2211 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2213 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2214 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2216 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2217 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2221 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2223 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2224 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2226 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2227 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2228 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2229 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2231 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2236 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2242 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2243 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2247 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2250 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2251 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2252 new tab in an existing window instead.
2254 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2255 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2257 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2259 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2260 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2261 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2262 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2263 Firefox.
2265 When called interactively, if variable
2266 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2267 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2268 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2269 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2271 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2272 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2273 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2275 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2276 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2278 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2279 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2280 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2281 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2282 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2283 URL in a new window.
2285 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2290 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2292 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2293 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2294 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2295 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2298 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2299 new tab in an existing window instead.
2301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2318 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2319 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2331 program is invoked according to the variable
2332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2346 Default to the URL around or before point.
2348 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2349 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2350 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2352 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2353 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2354 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2355 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2368 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2377 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2378 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2380 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2384 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2385 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2386 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2387 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2393 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2394 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2395 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2399 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2408 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2409 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2410 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2411 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2412 current one.
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2416 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2417 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2427 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2428 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2429 don't offer a form of remote control.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Default to the URL around the point.
2443 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2444 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2446 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2447 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451 ;;;***
2453 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18787
2454 ;;;;;; 48933))
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2457 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2458 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2460 \(fn)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2463 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2465 \(fn)" nil nil)
2467 ;;;***
2469 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2470 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18853 58440))
2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2473 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2474 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2475 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2476 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2478 \(fn)" t nil)
2480 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2481 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2482 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2483 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2485 \(fn)" t nil)
2487 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2488 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2490 \(fn)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2493 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2494 \\<bs-mode-map>
2495 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2496 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2497 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2498 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2500 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2501 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2502 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2503 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2504 name of buffer configuration.
2506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2508 ;;;***
2510 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18787 48933))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2513 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2514 Play Bubbles game.
2516 \(fn)" t nil)
2518 ;;;***
2520 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2521 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 25728))
2522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2524 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2526 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2527 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2531 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2532 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2536 ;;;***
2538 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2539 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2540 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2541 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2542 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2543 ;;;;;; (18825 40643))
2544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2545 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2546 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2547 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2548 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2550 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2551 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2553 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2555 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2556 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2557 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2558 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2559 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2560 else the global value will be modified.
2562 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2564 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2565 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2566 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2567 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2568 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2569 else the global value will be modified.
2571 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2573 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2574 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2575 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2577 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2579 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2580 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2581 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2582 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2584 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2585 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2586 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2587 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2588 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2589 before scanning it.
2591 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2592 that already has a `.elc' file.
2594 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2595 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2597 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2598 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2599 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2600 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2601 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2602 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2604 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2607 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2608 Print the result in the echo area.
2609 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2614 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2615 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2617 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2619 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2620 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2621 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2622 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2623 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2624 all functions called by those functions.
2626 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2627 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2628 cons, etc.).
2630 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2631 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2632 invoked interactively.
2634 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2636 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2637 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2638 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2639 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2641 \(fn)" nil nil)
2643 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2644 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2645 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2646 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2647 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2648 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2649 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2650 already up-to-date.
2652 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2654 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2655 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2656 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2657 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2659 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2660 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2661 and corresponding effects.
2663 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2665 ;;;***
2667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18787
2668 ;;;;;; 48920))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2671 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2673 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2675 ;;;***
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18787 48920))
2678 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2680 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2682 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2684 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2686 ;;;***
2688 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2689 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
2690 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2692 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2693 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2694 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2695 from the cursor position.
2697 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2699 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2701 ;;;***
2703 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2704 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2705 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2706 ;;;;;; (18791 16515))
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2709 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2710 File in which to record permanent settings.")
2712 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2713 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2715 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2716 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2721 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2723 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2725 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2726 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2728 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2730 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2731 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2733 \(fn)" t nil)
2735 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2736 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2737 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2738 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2740 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2742 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2743 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2744 This is most useful in the X window system.
2745 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2746 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2748 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2750 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2751 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2752 See calc-keypad for details.
2754 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2757 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2759 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2761 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2762 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2764 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2766 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2767 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2769 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2771 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2772 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2773 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2775 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2778 Define Calc function.
2780 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2781 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2782 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2784 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2785 actual Lisp function name.
2787 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2789 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2791 ;;;***
2793 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18787
2794 ;;;;;; 48911))
2795 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2797 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2798 Run the Emacs calculator.
2799 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2801 \(fn)" t nil)
2803 ;;;***
2805 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18834
2806 ;;;;;; 56792))
2807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2809 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2810 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2811 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2812 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2813 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2814 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2816 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2817 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2818 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2819 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2820 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2821 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2822 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2823 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2824 window.
2826 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2827 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2829 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2830 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2831 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2832 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2833 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2834 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2836 Runs the following hooks:
2838 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2839 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2840 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2841 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2843 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2847 ;;;***
2849 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2850 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18787 48925))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2853 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2854 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2856 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2858 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2859 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2860 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2861 it fails.
2863 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2865 ;;;***
2867 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2868 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2871 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2872 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2874 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2875 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2876 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2877 restriction to ASCII.
2879 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2881 capitalizedWorDD
2882 ^ ^ ^^
2884 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2885 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2886 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2888 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2889 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2890 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2891 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2892 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2893 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2894 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2896 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2897 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2901 ;;;***
2903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18787
2904 ;;;;;; 48934))
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2906 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2908 ;;;***
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2911 ;;;;;; (18848 16181))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2914 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2915 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2917 \(fn)" nil nil)
2919 ;;;***
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2922 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (18819 46976))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2926 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2927 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2928 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2929 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2930 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2931 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2932 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2934 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2936 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2937 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2938 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2939 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2940 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2941 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2942 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2943 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2944 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2945 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2947 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2948 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2949 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2950 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2951 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2952 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2954 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2956 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2957 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2959 Key bindings:
2960 \\{c-mode-map}
2962 \(fn)" t nil)
2964 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2965 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2967 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2968 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2969 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2970 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2971 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2972 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2973 message.
2975 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2977 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2978 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
2980 Key bindings:
2981 \\{c++-mode-map}
2983 \(fn)" t nil)
2985 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2986 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2987 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
2989 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2990 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2991 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2992 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2993 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2994 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2995 message.
2997 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2999 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3000 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3002 Key bindings:
3003 \\{objc-mode-map}
3005 \(fn)" t nil)
3007 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3008 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3009 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3011 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3012 Major mode for editing Java code.
3013 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3014 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3015 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3016 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3017 message.
3019 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3021 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3022 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3024 Key bindings:
3025 \\{java-mode-map}
3027 \(fn)" t nil)
3029 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3030 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3031 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3033 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3034 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3035 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3036 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3037 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3038 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3039 message.
3041 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3043 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3044 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3046 Key bindings:
3047 \\{idl-mode-map}
3049 \(fn)" t nil)
3051 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3052 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3053 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3054 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3056 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3057 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3058 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3059 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3060 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3061 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3062 message.
3064 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3066 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3067 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3069 Key bindings:
3070 \\{pike-mode-map}
3072 \(fn)" t nil)
3073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3074 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3075 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3076 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3077 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3078 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3080 ;;;***
3082 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3083 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18794 5654))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3086 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3087 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3088 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3089 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3091 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3093 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3094 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3095 might get set too.
3097 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3098 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3099 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3100 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3101 way.
3103 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3104 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3105 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3106 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3107 a null operation.
3109 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3111 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3112 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3113 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3114 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3116 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3118 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3119 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3120 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3122 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3124 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3125 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3126 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3127 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3128 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3130 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3132 ;;;***
3134 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3135 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3138 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3139 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3140 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3141 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3142 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3143 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3144 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3145 Here are some examples:
3147 Nomenclature Subwords
3148 ===========================================================
3149 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3150 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3151 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3153 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3154 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3155 as words.
3157 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3161 ;;;***
3163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18794 5654))
3164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3165 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3166 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3167 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3169 ;;;***
3171 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3172 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3173 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
3174 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3176 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3177 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3179 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3181 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3182 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3184 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3186 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3187 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3189 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3190 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3191 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3192 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3193 execution.
3195 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3197 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3199 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3200 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3202 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3203 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3204 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3205 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3207 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3208 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3209 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3210 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3211 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3212 `write' commands.
3214 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3215 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3216 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3217 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3219 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3220 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3221 semantics.
3223 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3225 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3227 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3229 STATEMENT :=
3230 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3231 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3233 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3234 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3235 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3236 | integer
3238 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3240 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3241 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3242 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3244 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3245 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3246 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3248 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3249 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3251 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3252 BREAK := (break)
3254 REPEAT :=
3255 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3256 (repeat)
3257 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3258 ;; (repeat))
3259 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3260 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3261 ;; (read REG)
3262 ;; (repeat))
3263 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3264 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3265 ;; (read REG)
3266 ;; (repeat))
3267 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3269 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3270 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3271 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3272 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3273 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3274 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3275 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3276 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3277 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3278 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3279 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3280 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3281 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3282 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3283 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3284 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3286 WRITE :=
3287 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3288 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3289 ;; representation.
3290 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3291 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3292 ;; (write r7))
3293 | (write EXPRESSION)
3294 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3295 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3296 ;; representation.
3297 | (write integer)
3298 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3299 ;; buffer.
3300 | (write string)
3301 ;; Same as: (write string)
3302 | string
3303 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3304 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3305 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3306 ;; representation.
3307 | (write REG ARRAY)
3308 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3309 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3310 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3311 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3312 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3313 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3315 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3316 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3318 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3319 END := (end)
3321 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3322 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3323 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3325 ARG := REG | integer
3327 OPERATOR :=
3328 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3329 + | - | * | / | %
3331 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3332 | & | `|' | ^
3334 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3335 | << | >>
3337 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3338 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3339 | <8
3341 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3342 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3343 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3344 | >8
3346 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3347 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3348 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3349 | //
3351 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3352 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3354 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3355 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3356 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3357 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3358 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3359 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3360 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3361 | de-sjis
3363 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3364 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3365 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3366 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3367 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3368 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3369 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3370 ;; byte of SJIS.
3371 | en-sjis
3373 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3374 ;; Same meaning as C code
3375 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3377 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3378 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3379 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3380 | <8=
3382 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3383 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3384 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3386 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3387 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3388 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3389 | //=
3391 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3394 TRANSLATE :=
3395 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3396 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3397 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3398 LOOKUP :=
3399 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3400 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3401 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3402 MAP :=
3403 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3404 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3405 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3406 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3407 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3408 MAP-ID := integer
3410 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3412 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3413 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3414 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3415 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3416 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3417 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3419 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3421 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3422 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3423 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3425 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3427 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3429 ;;;***
3431 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3432 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3435 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3436 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3437 There are no special keybindings by default.
3439 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3440 to the action header.
3442 \(fn)" t nil)
3444 ;;;***
3446 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3447 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18787 48921))
3448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3450 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3451 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3452 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3454 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3456 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3457 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3458 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3459 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3460 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3462 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3464 ;;;***
3466 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3467 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3468 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3469 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3470 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3471 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3472 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3473 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3474 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3476 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3477 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3479 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3480 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3481 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3482 the users will view as each check is completed.
3484 \(fn)" t nil)
3486 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3487 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3488 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3489 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3490 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3491 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3492 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3493 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3495 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3497 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3498 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3499 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3500 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3501 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3502 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3503 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3504 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3506 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3508 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3509 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3510 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3511 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3512 spacing are all verified.
3514 \(fn)" t nil)
3516 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3517 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3518 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3519 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3520 otherwise stop after the first error.
3522 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3524 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3525 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3526 Only documentation strings are checked.
3527 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3528 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3529 a separate buffer.
3531 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3533 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3534 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3535 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3536 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3537 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3541 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3542 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3543 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3544 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3545 if there is one.
3547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3549 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3550 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3552 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3553 if there is one.
3554 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3556 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3558 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3559 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3560 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3562 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3564 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3565 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3566 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3567 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3568 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3570 \(fn)" t nil)
3572 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3573 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3574 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3575 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3576 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3577 space at the end of each line.
3579 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3582 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3583 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3584 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3586 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3588 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3589 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3590 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3593 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3595 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3596 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3597 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3598 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3600 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3602 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3603 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3604 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3605 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3607 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3609 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3610 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3611 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3612 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3614 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3616 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3617 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3618 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3619 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3621 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3623 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3624 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3625 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3626 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3628 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3631 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3632 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3633 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3635 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3637 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3638 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3639 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3640 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3644 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3645 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3646 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3647 turn it off.
3649 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3650 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3651 checking of documentation strings.
3653 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3657 ;;;***
3659 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3660 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3661 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18787 48928))
3662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3664 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3665 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3666 Return the length of resulting text.
3668 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3670 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3671 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3673 \(fn)" t nil)
3675 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3676 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3677 Return the length of resulting text.
3679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3681 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3682 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3684 \(fn)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3687 Not documented
3689 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3691 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3692 Not documented
3694 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3696 ;;;***
3698 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3699 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18787 48911))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3702 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3703 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3704 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3705 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3706 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3707 editing and the result is evaluated.
3709 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3711 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3712 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3713 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3714 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3715 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3717 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3719 \(fn)" t nil)
3721 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3722 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3723 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3724 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3725 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3727 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3728 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3729 \\{command-history-map}
3731 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3732 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3734 \(fn)" t nil)
3736 ;;;***
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18787 48921))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3741 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3742 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3743 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3744 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3745 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3746 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3748 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3749 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3751 ;;;***
3753 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3754 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3757 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3758 Not documented
3760 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3762 ;;;***
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3765 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3768 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3769 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3770 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3771 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3773 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3774 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3775 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3776 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3778 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3779 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3781 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3783 ;;;***
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18825
3786 ;;;;;; 40643))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3789 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3790 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3791 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3792 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3793 of `scheme-program-name').
3794 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3795 it is given as initial input.
3796 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3797 discards input when it starts up.
3798 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3799 is run).
3800 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3802 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3803 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3805 ;;;***
3807 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3808 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3809 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3810 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
3811 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3813 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3814 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3815 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3816 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3817 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3818 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3819 functions have already modified the buffer.
3821 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3823 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3824 either globally or locally.")
3826 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3828 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3829 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3830 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3831 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3832 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3833 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3834 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3835 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3837 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3839 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3841 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3842 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3843 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3844 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3845 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3846 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3847 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3848 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3850 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3852 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3854 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3855 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3856 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3857 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3858 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3859 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3861 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3863 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3864 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3865 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3866 directory tracking functions.")
3868 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3869 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3870 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3872 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3874 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3877 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3878 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3880 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3882 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3884 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3885 Send COMMAND to current process.
3886 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3887 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3889 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3891 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3892 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3893 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3894 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3896 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3898 ;;;***
3900 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18787
3901 ;;;;;; 48911))
3902 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3904 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3905 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3906 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3907 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3909 This command pushes the mark in each window
3910 at the prior location of point in that window.
3911 If both windows display the same buffer,
3912 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3913 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3915 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3916 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3917 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3918 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3919 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3920 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3921 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3922 ignored.
3924 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3925 this command work in interlaced mode:
3926 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3927 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3928 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3930 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3932 ;;;***
3934 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3935 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3936 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3937 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
3938 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18848
3939 ;;;;;; 23222))
3940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3942 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3943 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3945 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3947 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
3948 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
3949 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
3950 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
3951 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
3952 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
3953 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
3955 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
3957 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3958 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3960 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3962 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3963 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3964 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3965 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3966 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3967 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3968 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3970 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3971 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3972 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3973 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3974 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3976 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3977 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3978 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3979 describing how the process finished.")
3981 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3982 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3983 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3984 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3985 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3987 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3988 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3989 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3991 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
3993 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
3994 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3995 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3996 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3998 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4000 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4001 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4003 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4004 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4006 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4007 (lambda ()
4008 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4009 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4010 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4011 (concat \"make -k \"
4012 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4014 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4015 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4017 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4018 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4019 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4020 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4022 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4024 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4025 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4026 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4027 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4029 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4030 and move to the source code that caused it.
4032 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4033 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4035 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4036 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4037 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4038 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4040 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4041 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4042 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4043 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4045 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4046 kills its subprocesses.
4048 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4049 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4050 to a function that generates a unique name.
4052 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4054 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4055 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4056 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4057 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4059 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4060 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4062 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4063 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4064 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4065 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4067 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4068 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4069 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4071 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4073 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4075 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4076 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4077 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4078 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4079 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4081 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4083 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4085 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4087 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4088 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4089 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4090 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4091 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4092 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4093 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4097 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4098 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4099 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4100 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4101 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4102 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4106 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4107 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4108 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4110 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4112 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4114 ;;;***
4116 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4117 ;;;;;; (18816 31238))
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4120 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4121 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4122 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4124 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4125 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4127 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4129 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4130 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4131 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4133 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4134 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4135 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4136 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4138 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4139 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4140 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4141 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4143 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4144 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4145 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4146 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4148 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4149 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4150 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4151 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4152 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4156 ;;;***
4158 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4159 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
4160 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4162 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4163 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4164 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4166 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4167 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4169 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4171 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4172 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4176 ;;;***
4178 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4179 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18849
4180 ;;;;;; 65145))
4181 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4183 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4184 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4185 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4186 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4188 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4190 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4191 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4192 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4193 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4194 Composition on.
4196 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4197 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4199 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4200 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4204 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4205 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4206 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4209 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4211 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4213 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4214 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4215 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4216 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4217 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4219 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4221 ;;;***
4223 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4224 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4225 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4226 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
4227 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4229 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4230 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4231 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4232 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4233 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4234 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4235 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4237 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4238 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4239 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4241 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4242 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4243 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4245 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4246 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4247 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4248 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4250 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4251 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4252 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4253 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4254 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4255 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4256 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4258 \\{conf-mode-map}
4260 \(fn)" t nil)
4262 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4263 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4264 Comments start with `#'.
4265 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4267 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4269 \[Desktop Entry]
4270 Encoding=UTF-8
4271 Name=The GIMP
4272 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4273 Name[cs]=GIMP
4275 \(fn)" t nil)
4277 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4278 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4279 Comments start with `;'.
4280 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4282 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4284 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4285 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4286 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4288 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4289 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4291 \(fn)" t nil)
4293 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4294 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4295 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4296 between `/*' and `*/'.
4297 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4299 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4300 // another kind of comment
4301 /* yet another */
4303 name:value
4304 name=value
4305 name value
4306 x.1 =
4307 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4308 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4310 \(fn)" t nil)
4312 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4313 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4314 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4315 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4316 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4317 `conf-space-keywords'.
4318 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4319 in an interactive fashion instead.
4321 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4323 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4325 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4326 image/png png
4327 image/tiff tiff tif
4329 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4330 class desktop
4331 # Standard multimedia devices
4332 add /dev/audio desktop
4333 add /dev/mixer desktop
4335 \(fn)" t nil)
4337 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4338 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4339 See `conf-space-mode'.
4341 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4343 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4344 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4345 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4346 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4348 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4350 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4351 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4353 \(fn)" t nil)
4355 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4356 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4357 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4358 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4360 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4362 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4363 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4365 \(fn)" t nil)
4367 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4368 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4369 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4370 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4372 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4374 *background: gray99
4375 *foreground: black
4377 \(fn)" t nil)
4379 ;;;***
4381 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4382 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18787 48933))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4385 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4386 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4387 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4388 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4390 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4392 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4393 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4394 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4395 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4397 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4399 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4400 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4401 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4402 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4404 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4406 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4407 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4409 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4411 ;;;***
4413 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4414 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18844
4415 ;;;;;; 39825))
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4418 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4419 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4420 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4421 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4422 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4423 following the copyright are updated as well.
4424 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4425 interactively.
4427 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4429 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4430 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4431 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4433 \(fn)" t nil)
4435 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4436 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4438 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4440 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4441 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4443 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4445 ;;;***
4447 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4448 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18852 12908))
4449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4450 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4451 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4452 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4453 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4454 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4455 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4456 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4458 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4459 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4460 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4461 Tab indents for Perl code.
4462 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4463 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4465 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4466 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4467 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4468 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4469 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4470 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4471 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4472 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4473 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4474 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4475 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4476 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4478 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4480 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4481 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4483 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4485 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4486 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4487 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4488 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4489 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4490 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4491 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4492 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4493 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4495 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4497 bite if angry;
4499 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4500 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4501 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4502 to nil.)
4504 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4505 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4506 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4508 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4510 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4511 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4512 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4513 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4514 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4516 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4518 if (A) { B }
4520 into
4522 B if A;
4524 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4526 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4527 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4528 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4529 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4530 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4531 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4532 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4533 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4534 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4535 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4536 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4537 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4538 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4540 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4541 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4542 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4543 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4544 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4545 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4547 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4548 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4549 man via menu.
4551 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4552 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4553 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4554 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4555 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4557 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4558 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4559 span the needed amount of lines.
4561 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4562 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4563 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4564 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4566 Variables controlling indentation style:
4567 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4568 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4569 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4570 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4571 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4572 `cperl-auto-newline'
4573 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4574 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4575 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4576 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4577 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4578 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4579 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4580 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4581 `cperl-indent-level'
4582 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4583 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4584 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4585 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4586 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4587 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4588 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4589 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4590 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4591 `cperl-brace-offset'
4592 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4593 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4594 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4595 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4596 `cperl-label-offset'
4597 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4598 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4599 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4601 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4602 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4603 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4604 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4605 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4606 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4608 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4609 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4610 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4611 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4613 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4614 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4615 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4616 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4617 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4618 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4620 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4621 column 0 is indented on
4622 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4624 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4625 with no args.
4627 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4628 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4629 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4631 \(fn)" t nil)
4633 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4634 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4636 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4638 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4639 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4643 ;;;***
4645 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4646 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
4647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4649 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4650 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4651 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4652 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4653 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4655 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4657 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4658 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4660 \(fn)" t nil)
4662 ;;;***
4664 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4665 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4668 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4669 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4670 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4671 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4674 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4676 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4678 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4679 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4680 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4684 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4686 ;;;***
4688 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4689 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
4690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4692 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4693 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4694 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4695 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4697 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4698 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4699 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4700 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4702 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4703 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4704 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4706 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4707 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4708 'bob', and 'eve'.
4710 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4711 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4712 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4714 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4716 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4717 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4718 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4720 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4722 ;;;***
4724 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18803
4725 ;;;;;; 56787))
4726 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4727 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4729 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4730 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4732 \(fn)" t nil)
4734 ;;;***
4736 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4737 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4740 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4741 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4742 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4745 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4747 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4749 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4750 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4751 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4752 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4753 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4755 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4756 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4757 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4758 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4759 function of these prefix keys.
4761 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4762 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4763 options:
4764 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4765 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4766 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4768 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4769 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4770 the prefix fallback behavior.
4772 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4773 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4774 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4775 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4779 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4780 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4782 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4784 ;;;***
4786 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4787 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4788 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4789 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4790 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4791 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4792 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4793 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4794 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4795 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4796 ;;;;;; (18844 39825))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4799 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4800 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4802 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4804 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4805 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4807 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4809 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4810 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4812 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4813 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4815 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4816 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4818 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4819 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4821 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4822 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4824 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4826 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4828 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4829 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4830 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4832 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4833 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4835 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4836 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4838 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4839 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4841 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4843 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4845 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4846 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4847 Return VALUE.
4849 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4850 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4852 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4853 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4855 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4856 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4858 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4860 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4862 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4863 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4864 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4865 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4866 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4868 \(fn)" t nil)
4870 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4871 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4872 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4873 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4875 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4877 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4878 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4880 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4882 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4883 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4885 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4887 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4889 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4890 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4892 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4894 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4896 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4897 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4898 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4900 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4902 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4903 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4904 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4905 as part of Emacs itself.
4907 Each elements looks like this:
4909 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4911 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4912 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4913 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4914 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4915 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4916 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4917 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4918 and `defface'.
4920 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4922 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4923 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4924 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4925 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4926 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4928 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4929 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4930 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4931 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4933 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4935 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4937 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4938 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4939 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4941 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4942 that were added or redefined since that version.
4944 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4946 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4947 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4948 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4949 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4951 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4952 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4954 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4956 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4957 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4958 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4960 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4961 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4963 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4965 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4966 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4968 \(fn)" t nil)
4970 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4971 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4973 \(fn)" t nil)
4975 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4976 Customize all already saved user options.
4978 \(fn)" t nil)
4980 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4981 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
4982 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4983 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4984 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4985 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4986 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4987 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
4989 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4991 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
4992 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
4993 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
4994 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
4996 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4998 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
4999 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5001 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5003 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5004 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5006 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5008 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5009 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5010 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5011 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5012 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5013 that option.
5015 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5017 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5018 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5019 The result includes selecting that window.
5020 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5021 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5022 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5023 that option.
5025 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5027 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5028 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5030 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5032 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5033 File used for storing customization information.
5034 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5035 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5036 it should be an absolute file name.
5038 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5039 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5040 something like the following in your init file:
5042 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5043 \(load custom-file)
5045 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5046 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5048 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5049 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5050 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5051 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5052 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5054 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5055 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5056 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5057 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5058 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5059 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5060 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5061 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5062 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5063 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5065 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5067 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5068 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5070 \(fn)" nil nil)
5072 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5073 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5075 \(fn)" t nil)
5077 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5078 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5079 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5081 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5083 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5084 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5085 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5086 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5087 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5089 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5091 ;;;***
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5094 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5097 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5098 Create a custom theme.
5100 \(fn)" t nil)
5102 ;;;***
5104 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5105 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5108 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5109 Mode used for cvs status output.
5111 \(fn)" t nil)
5113 ;;;***
5115 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5116 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18787 48934))
5117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5119 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5120 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5122 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5123 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5124 C++ modes are included.
5126 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5130 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5131 Turn on CWarn mode.
5133 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5134 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5136 \(fn)" nil nil)
5138 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5139 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5140 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5141 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5142 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5143 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5145 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5147 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5148 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5149 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5150 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5151 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5155 ;;;***
5157 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5158 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5159 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
5160 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5162 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5163 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5165 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5167 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5168 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5170 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5172 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5173 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5174 For readability, the table is slightly
5175 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5177 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5178 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5179 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5180 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5181 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5183 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5185 ;;;***
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5188 ;;;;;; (18799 16230))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5190 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5191 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5193 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5194 Completion on current word.
5195 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5196 and presents suggestions for completion.
5198 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5199 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5200 completions.
5202 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5203 then it searches *all* buffers.
5205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5207 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5208 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5210 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5211 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5212 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5213 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5214 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5216 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5217 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5219 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5220 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5221 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5223 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5224 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5226 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5228 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5230 ;;;***
5232 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18816
5233 ;;;;;; 36020))
5234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5236 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5237 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5238 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5239 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5240 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5242 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5244 ;;;***
5246 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18787
5247 ;;;;;; 48934))
5248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5250 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5251 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5253 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5254 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5255 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5257 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5258 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5259 Data lines are not indented.
5261 Key bindings:
5263 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5264 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5266 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5267 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5268 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5269 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5271 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5273 dcl-basic-offset
5274 Extra indentation within blocks.
5276 dcl-continuation-offset
5277 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5279 dcl-margin-offset
5280 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5282 dcl-margin-label-offset
5283 Indentation for a label.
5285 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5286 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5288 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5289 dcl-block-end-regexp
5290 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5291 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5292 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5293 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5294 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5296 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5297 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5298 Two such functions are included in the package:
5299 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5300 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5302 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5303 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5304 One such function is included in the package:
5305 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5307 dcl-tab-always-indent
5308 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5309 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5310 margin.
5312 dcl-electric-characters
5313 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5314 typed.
5316 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5317 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5318 which words trigger electric indentation.
5320 dcl-tempo-comma
5321 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5322 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5323 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5325 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5326 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5327 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5328 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5330 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5331 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5332 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5333 dcl-imenu-label-call
5334 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5336 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5337 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5338 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5339 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5342 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5344 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5345 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5346 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5347 $ i = 1
5348 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5349 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5350 $ label:
5351 $ if i.eq.1
5352 $ then
5353 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5354 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5355 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5356 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5357 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5358 \"lined up with the command line\"
5359 $ type sys$input
5360 Data lines are not indented at all.
5361 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5362 $ endif
5366 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5367 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5369 \(fn)" t nil)
5371 ;;;***
5373 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5374 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18787 48921))
5375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5377 (setq debugger 'debug)
5379 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5380 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5381 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5382 of the evaluator.
5384 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5385 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5386 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5388 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5390 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5391 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5393 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5395 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5396 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5397 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5398 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5399 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5400 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5402 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5403 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5405 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5407 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5408 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5409 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5410 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5411 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5413 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5415 ;;;***
5417 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5418 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5421 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5422 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5424 \(fn)" t nil)
5426 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5427 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5428 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5429 Upper-case letters are commands.
5431 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5432 modify it.
5434 The most useful commands are:
5435 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5436 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5437 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5438 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5439 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5440 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5444 ;;;***
5446 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5447 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18787
5448 ;;;;;; 48912))
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5451 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5452 Customization of `columns' group.
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5456 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5457 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5459 START and END delimits the text region.
5461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5463 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5464 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5466 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5470 ;;;***
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18787
5473 ;;;;;; 48934))
5474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5476 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5477 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5478 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5479 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5480 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5481 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5483 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5485 Customization:
5487 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5488 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5489 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5490 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5491 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5492 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5493 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5494 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5495 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5496 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5497 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5498 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5499 blank line.
5500 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5501 Directories to search when finding external units.
5502 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5503 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5505 Coloring:
5507 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5508 Face used to color delphi comments.
5509 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5510 Face used to color delphi strings.
5511 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5512 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5513 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5514 Face used to color everything else.
5516 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5517 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5519 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5521 ;;;***
5523 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18787
5524 ;;;;;; 48912))
5525 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5527 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5529 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5530 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5531 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5534 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5536 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5538 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5539 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5540 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5541 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5543 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5544 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5545 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5546 any selection.
5548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5550 ;;;***
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5553 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18787 48921))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5556 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5557 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5559 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5561 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5562 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5563 or nil if there is no parent.
5564 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5565 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5566 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5567 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5568 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5570 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5571 arguments are currently understood:
5572 :group GROUP
5573 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5574 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5575 :syntax-table TABLE
5576 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5577 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5578 :abbrev-table TABLE
5579 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5580 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5582 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5584 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5586 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5587 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5588 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5590 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5591 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5593 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5594 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5595 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5597 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5598 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5600 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5601 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5603 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5605 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5607 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5608 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5609 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5610 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5611 the first time the mode is used.
5613 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5615 ;;;***
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5618 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18834 13432))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5621 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5622 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5623 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5624 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5625 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5626 otherwise.
5628 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5630 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5631 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5632 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5633 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5634 character composition information (if relevant),
5635 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5637 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5639 ;;;***
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5642 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5643 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5644 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18787 48912))
5645 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5647 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5648 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5649 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5651 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5653 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5654 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5655 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5656 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5657 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5658 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5662 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5663 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5664 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5665 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5667 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5669 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5670 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5671 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5673 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5674 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5675 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5677 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5678 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5680 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5681 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5682 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5684 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5685 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5686 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5687 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5689 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5691 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5692 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5694 Handlers are called with argument list
5696 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5698 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5700 desktop-file-version
5701 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5702 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5703 desktop-buffer-point
5704 desktop-buffer-mark
5705 desktop-buffer-read-only
5706 desktop-buffer-locals
5708 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5709 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5711 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5712 code like
5714 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5716 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5717 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5719 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5721 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5723 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5724 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5725 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5726 List elements must have the form
5728 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5730 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5731 function.
5733 Handlers are called with argument list
5735 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5737 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5739 desktop-file-version
5740 desktop-buffer-file-name
5741 desktop-buffer-name
5742 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5743 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5744 desktop-buffer-point
5745 desktop-buffer-mark
5746 desktop-buffer-read-only
5747 desktop-buffer-misc
5749 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5750 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5751 created and set.
5753 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5754 code like
5756 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5758 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5759 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5761 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5763 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5765 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5767 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5768 Empty the Desktop.
5769 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5770 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5771 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5775 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5776 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5777 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5778 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5779 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5781 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5783 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5784 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5785 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5787 \(fn)" t nil)
5789 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5790 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5791 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5792 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5793 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5794 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5795 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5796 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5798 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5800 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5801 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5802 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5804 \(fn)" nil nil)
5806 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5807 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5808 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5809 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5810 directory DIRNAME.
5812 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5814 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5815 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5817 \(fn)" t nil)
5819 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5820 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5822 \(fn)" t nil)
5824 ;;;***
5826 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5827 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5828 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18794 5654))
5829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5831 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5832 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5833 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5834 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5835 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5836 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5838 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5840 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5841 Repair a broken attribution line.
5842 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5844 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5846 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5847 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5848 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5849 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5851 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5853 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5854 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5856 \(fn)" t nil)
5858 ;;;***
5860 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5861 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18830 64775))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5864 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5865 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5866 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5867 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5868 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5872 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5873 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5874 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5875 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5877 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5878 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5879 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5880 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5882 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5883 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5885 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5886 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5887 calendar-date-style 'european
5888 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5890 \(diary-mail-entries)
5892 # diary-rem.el ends here
5894 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5896 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5897 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5899 \(fn)" t nil)
5901 ;;;***
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5904 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18794 5653))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5907 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5908 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5910 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5912 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5913 The command to use to run diff.")
5915 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5917 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5918 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5919 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5920 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5921 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5922 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5924 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5925 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5926 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5928 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5930 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5931 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5932 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5933 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5934 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5935 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5937 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5939 ;;;***
5941 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5942 ;;;;;; (18796 43870))
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5945 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5946 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5947 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5948 normal diffs.
5950 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5951 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5952 headers for you on-the-fly.
5954 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5955 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5956 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5958 \\{diff-mode-map}
5960 \(fn)" t nil)
5962 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5963 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5964 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5968 ;;;***
5970 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5971 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5972 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5973 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5974 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18815 6889))
5975 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5977 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5978 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5979 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5980 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5981 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5982 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5983 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5984 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
5986 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
5988 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5989 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5991 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5992 Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5993 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5994 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5995 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5997 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5998 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6000 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6001 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6002 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6003 always set this variable to t.")
6005 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6007 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6008 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6009 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6010 A value of t means move to first file.")
6012 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6014 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6015 Controls marking of renamed files.
6016 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6017 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6018 are afterward marked with that character.")
6020 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6022 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6023 Controls marking of copied files.
6024 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6025 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6027 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6029 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6030 Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6031 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6032 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6034 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6036 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6037 Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6038 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6039 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6041 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6043 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6044 If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6045 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6046 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6048 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6050 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6052 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6053 If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6054 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6056 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6058 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6059 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6060 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6061 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6062 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6063 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6065 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6066 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6067 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6068 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6069 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6070 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6071 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6072 list of files to make directory entries for.
6073 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6074 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6075 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6076 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6078 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6080 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6081 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6083 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6084 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6086 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6087 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6089 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6090 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6092 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6094 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6095 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6097 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6099 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6100 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6101 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6102 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6103 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6104 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6105 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6106 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6107 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6108 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6109 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6110 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6111 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6112 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6113 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6114 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6115 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6116 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6117 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6118 to see why something went wrong.
6119 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6120 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6121 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6122 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6123 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6124 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6125 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6126 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6127 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6128 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6129 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6130 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6131 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6133 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6134 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6135 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6136 again for the directory tree.
6138 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6139 for more info):
6141 `dired-listing-switches'
6142 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6143 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6144 `dired-marker-char'
6145 `dired-del-marker'
6146 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6147 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6148 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6149 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6151 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6153 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6154 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6155 `dired-mode-hook'
6156 `dired-load-hook'
6158 Keybindings:
6159 \\{dired-mode-map}
6161 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6162 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6164 ;;;***
6166 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6167 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-do-isearch-regexp dired-do-isearch
6168 ;;;;;; dired-isearch-filenames-regexp dired-isearch-filenames dired-isearch-filenames-setup
6169 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
6170 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6171 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6172 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6173 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6174 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6175 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6176 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6177 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6178 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-do-async-shell-command
6179 ;;;;;; dired-clean-directory dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown
6180 ;;;;;; dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6181 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18849 65145))
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6184 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6185 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6186 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6187 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6188 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6189 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6190 which is options for `diff'.
6192 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6194 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6195 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6196 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6197 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6198 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6199 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6201 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6203 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6204 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6205 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6206 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6207 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6208 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6209 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6211 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6213 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6214 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6215 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6216 returned by function `file-attributes'
6218 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6219 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6221 Examples of PREDICATE:
6223 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6224 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6225 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6226 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6227 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6229 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6231 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6232 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6233 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6237 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6238 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6242 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6243 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6247 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6248 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6249 This calls touch.
6251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6253 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6254 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6255 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6256 `lpr-switches' as default.
6258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6260 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6261 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6262 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6263 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6264 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6266 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6267 with a prefix argument.
6269 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6271 (autoload 'dired-do-async-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6272 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files asynchronously.
6274 Like `dired-do-shell-command' but if COMMAND doesn't end in ampersand,
6275 adds `* &' surrounded by whitespace and executes the command asynchronously.
6276 The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
6278 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6280 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6281 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6282 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6283 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6284 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6286 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6287 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6289 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6290 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6291 file name substituted for `?'.
6293 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6294 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6296 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6297 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6298 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6299 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6301 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6303 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6304 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6305 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6307 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6308 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6309 in a subdir.
6311 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6312 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6313 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6315 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6317 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6318 Not documented
6320 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6322 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6323 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6324 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6325 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6326 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6327 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6328 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6329 from the buffer as well.
6330 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6331 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6332 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6334 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6336 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6337 Not documented
6339 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6341 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6342 Not documented
6344 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6346 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6347 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6351 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6352 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6356 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6357 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6361 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6362 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6363 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6364 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6366 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6367 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6368 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6369 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6370 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6371 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6372 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6374 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6376 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6377 Not documented
6379 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6381 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6382 Not documented
6384 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6386 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6387 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6389 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6391 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6392 Not documented
6394 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6396 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6397 Not documented
6399 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6401 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6402 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6404 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6406 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6407 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6408 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6409 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6410 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6411 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6412 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6413 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6414 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6416 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6417 like `cp -d'.
6419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6421 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6422 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6423 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6424 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6425 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6426 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6427 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6428 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6430 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6434 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6435 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6436 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6437 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6438 and new hard links are made in that directory
6439 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6440 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6441 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6445 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6446 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6447 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6448 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6449 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6450 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6451 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6455 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6456 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6458 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6459 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6460 file if none are marked.
6462 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6463 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6464 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6465 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6467 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6468 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6470 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6472 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6473 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6474 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6476 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6478 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6479 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6480 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6482 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6484 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6485 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6486 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6488 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6490 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6491 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6495 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6496 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6500 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6501 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6502 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6503 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6504 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6505 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6506 this subdirectory.
6507 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6509 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6510 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6511 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6512 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6513 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6514 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6515 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6517 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6519 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6520 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6521 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6522 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6523 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6524 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6525 this subdirectory.
6526 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6528 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6530 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6531 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6532 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6534 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6536 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6537 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6538 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6539 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6541 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6543 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6544 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6545 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6546 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6548 \(fn)" t nil)
6550 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6551 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6552 Lower levels are unaffected.
6554 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6556 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6557 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6561 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6562 Go down in the dired tree.
6564 \(fn)" t nil)
6566 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6567 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6568 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6569 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6571 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6573 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6574 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6575 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6576 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6580 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-setup "dired-aux" "\
6581 Set up isearch to search in Dired file names.
6582 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
6584 \(fn)" nil nil)
6586 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames "dired-aux" "\
6587 Search for a string using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6589 \(fn)" t nil)
6591 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6592 Search for a regexp using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6594 \(fn)" t nil)
6596 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch "dired-aux" "\
6597 Search for a string through all marked files using Isearch.
6599 \(fn)" t nil)
6601 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6602 Search for a regexp through all marked files using Isearch.
6604 \(fn)" t nil)
6606 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6607 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6608 Stops when a match is found.
6609 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6611 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6613 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6614 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6615 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6616 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6617 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6619 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6621 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6622 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6623 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6624 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6626 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6628 ;;;***
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6631 ;;;;;; (18853 19459))
6632 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6634 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6635 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6636 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6637 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6638 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6639 buffer and try again.
6641 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6643 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6644 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6645 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6646 This creates relative symbolic links like
6648 foo -> ../bar/foo
6650 not absolute ones like
6652 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6654 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6658 ;;;***
6660 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6661 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6664 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6665 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6666 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6667 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6668 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6669 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6670 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6674 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6675 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6676 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6678 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6680 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6681 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6683 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6685 ;;;***
6687 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18787
6688 ;;;;;; 48921))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6691 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6692 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6693 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6694 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6695 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6696 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6698 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6700 ;;;***
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6703 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6704 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6705 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6706 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6707 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18787 48912))
6708 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6710 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6711 Return a new, empty display table.
6713 \(fn)" nil nil)
6715 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6716 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6717 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6718 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6719 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6721 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6723 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6724 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6725 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6726 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6727 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6729 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6731 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6732 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6734 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6736 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6737 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6739 \(fn)" t nil)
6741 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6742 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6744 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6746 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6747 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6749 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6751 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6752 Display character C using printable string S.
6754 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6756 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6757 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6758 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6759 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6761 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6763 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6764 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6765 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6766 X frame.
6768 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6770 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6771 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6773 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6775 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6776 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6778 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6780 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6781 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6783 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6785 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6786 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6788 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6790 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6791 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6793 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6795 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6796 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6798 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6799 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6800 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6801 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6803 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6804 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6805 European character display.
6807 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6808 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6809 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6810 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6812 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6813 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6814 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6815 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6816 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6818 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6820 ;;;***
6822 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6823 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
6824 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6826 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6827 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6828 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6829 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6830 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6831 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6832 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6833 Default is 2.
6835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6837 ;;;***
6839 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18787 48912))
6840 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6842 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6843 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6844 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6845 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6846 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6847 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6848 private or ask).
6849 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6850 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6851 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6852 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6853 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6855 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6857 ;;;***
6859 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6860 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18787 48936))
6861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6863 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6864 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6865 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6866 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6867 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6868 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6869 table and its own syntax table.
6871 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6873 \(fn)" t nil)
6874 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6876 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6877 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6879 \(fn)" t nil)
6880 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6882 ;;;***
6884 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6885 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18832 28686))
6886 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6888 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6889 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6890 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6892 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6894 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6895 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6897 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6898 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6900 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6901 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6902 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6904 \(fn)" t nil)
6906 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6907 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6908 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6909 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6913 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6914 Not documented
6916 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6918 ;;;***
6920 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18787 48933))
6921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6923 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6924 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6926 \(fn)" t nil)
6928 ;;;***
6930 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18791 16507))
6931 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6933 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6934 Toggle Double mode.
6935 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6936 turn it off.
6938 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6939 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6943 ;;;***
6945 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18787 48933))
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6948 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6949 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6951 \(fn)" t nil)
6953 ;;;***
6955 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6956 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
6957 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6959 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6960 Play sounds in message buffers.
6962 \(fn)" t nil)
6964 ;;;***
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6967 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6968 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18787 48921))
6969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6971 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6973 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6975 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6976 and toggle command MODE.
6978 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6979 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6980 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6981 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6982 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6983 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6984 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6985 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6986 used (see below).
6988 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6989 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6990 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6991 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6992 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6993 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6994 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6995 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6996 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6997 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6998 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6999 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7000 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7001 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7002 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7003 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7004 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7006 For example, you could write
7007 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7008 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7009 ...BODY CODE...)
7011 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7013 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7015 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7017 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7018 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7019 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7020 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7021 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7022 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7023 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7024 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7025 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7026 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7027 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7028 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7030 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7031 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7032 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7033 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7034 call another major mode in their body.
7036 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7038 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7039 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7040 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7041 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7042 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7043 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7044 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7046 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7048 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7049 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7050 :inherit Parent keymap.
7051 :group Ignored.
7052 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7053 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7055 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7057 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7058 Not documented
7060 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7062 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7063 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7064 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7066 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7068 ;;;***
7070 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7071 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18787
7072 ;;;;;; 48922))
7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7075 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7077 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7078 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7080 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7081 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7082 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7084 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7085 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7087 :filter FUNCTION
7089 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7090 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7092 :visible INCLUDE
7094 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7095 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7097 :active ENABLE
7099 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7100 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7102 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7104 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7106 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7108 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7109 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7111 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7112 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7114 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7116 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7118 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7120 :keys KEYS
7122 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7123 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7124 computed automatically.
7125 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7127 :key-sequence KEYS
7129 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7130 menu item.
7131 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7132 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7133 keyboard equivalent.
7135 :active ENABLE
7137 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7138 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7140 :visible INCLUDE
7142 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7143 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7145 :label FORM
7147 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7148 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7150 :suffix FORM
7152 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7153 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7155 :style STYLE
7157 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7158 defined:
7160 toggle: A checkbox.
7161 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7162 radio: A radio button.
7163 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7164 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7165 menu bar itself.
7166 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7168 :selected SELECTED
7170 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7171 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7173 :help HELP
7175 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7177 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7178 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7179 as a solid horizontal line.
7181 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7183 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7185 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7186 Not documented
7188 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7190 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7191 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7192 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7193 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7195 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7197 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7198 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7199 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7200 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7201 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7202 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7204 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7205 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7206 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7208 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7209 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7210 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7212 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7213 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7215 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7217 ;;;***
7219 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7220 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7221 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7222 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7223 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7224 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7225 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7226 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18787 48934))
7227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Customization for ebnf group.
7232 \(fn)" t nil)
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7237 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7239 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7240 processed.
7242 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7244 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7249 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7250 killed after process termination.
7252 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7254 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7256 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7257 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7259 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7260 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7261 it to the printer.
7263 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7264 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7265 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7266 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7268 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7270 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7272 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7274 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7279 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7281 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7282 processed.
7284 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7286 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7291 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7292 killed after process termination.
7294 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7296 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7298 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7299 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7300 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7301 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7303 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7307 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7308 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7309 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7311 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7313 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7318 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7320 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7321 processed.
7323 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7325 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7330 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7331 killed after EPS generation.
7333 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7335 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7340 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7341 The EPS file name has the following form:
7343 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7345 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7346 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7348 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7349 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7350 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7351 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7352 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7354 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7355 files.
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7360 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7362 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7363 The EPS file name has the following form:
7365 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7367 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7368 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7370 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7371 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7372 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7373 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7374 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7376 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7377 files.
7379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7381 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7383 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7384 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7386 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7388 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7389 are processed.
7391 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7393 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7396 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7398 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7399 killed after syntax checking.
7401 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7403 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7408 \(fn)" t nil)
7410 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7411 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7413 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7415 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7416 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7418 \(fn)" nil nil)
7420 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7421 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7423 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7425 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7427 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7428 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7430 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7432 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7434 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7435 Delete style NAME.
7437 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7439 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7441 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7442 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7444 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7446 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7449 Set STYLE as the current style.
7451 Returns the old style symbol.
7453 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7455 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7458 Reset current style.
7460 Returns the old style symbol.
7462 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7464 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7466 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7467 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7469 Returns the old style symbol.
7471 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7473 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7475 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7478 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7480 Returns the old style symbol.
7482 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7484 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7486 \(fn)" t nil)
7488 ;;;***
7490 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7491 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7492 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7493 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7494 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7495 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7496 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7497 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7498 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7499 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7500 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18821
7501 ;;;;;; 3056))
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7505 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7506 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7507 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7508 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7509 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7511 Tree mode key bindings:
7512 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7517 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7519 \(fn)" t nil)
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7522 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7524 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7526 \(fn)" nil nil)
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7529 View declaration of member at point.
7531 \(fn)" t nil)
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7534 Find declaration of member at point.
7536 \(fn)" t nil)
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7539 View definition of member at point.
7541 \(fn)" t nil)
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7544 Find definition of member at point.
7546 \(fn)" t nil)
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7549 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7551 \(fn)" t nil)
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7554 View definition of member at point in other window.
7556 \(fn)" t nil)
7558 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7559 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7561 \(fn)" t nil)
7563 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7564 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7566 \(fn)" t nil)
7568 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7569 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7571 \(fn)" t nil)
7573 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7574 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7576 \(fn)" t nil)
7578 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7579 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7580 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7581 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7582 completion.
7584 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7586 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7587 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7588 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7589 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7591 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7593 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7594 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7595 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7596 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7598 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7600 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7601 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7602 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7604 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7606 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7607 Search for call sites of a member.
7608 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7609 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7610 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7611 looks like a function call to the member.
7613 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7615 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7616 Move backward in the position stack.
7617 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7621 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7622 Move forward in the position stack.
7623 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7625 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7627 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7628 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7630 \(fn)" t nil)
7632 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7633 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7635 \(fn)" t nil)
7637 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7638 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7639 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7640 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7642 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7644 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7645 Display statistics for a class tree.
7647 \(fn)" t nil)
7649 ;;;***
7651 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7652 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
7653 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7655 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7656 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7657 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7658 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7660 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7661 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7662 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7664 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7665 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7666 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7668 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7670 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7674 ;;;***
7676 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7677 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18787 48912))
7678 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7680 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7681 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7682 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7684 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7686 ;;;***
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7689 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
7690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7692 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7693 Not documented
7695 \(fn)" nil nil)
7697 ;;;***
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7700 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7701 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18791 16517))
7702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7704 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7705 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7706 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7707 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7708 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7710 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7711 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7712 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7713 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7715 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7717 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7718 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7719 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7720 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7722 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7724 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7725 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7726 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7727 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7729 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7731 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7733 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7734 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7735 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7736 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7737 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7739 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7740 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7741 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7742 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7743 instrumented for Edebug.
7745 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7746 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7747 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7748 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7749 already is one.)
7751 \(fn)" t nil)
7753 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7754 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7756 \(fn)" t nil)
7758 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7759 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7761 \(fn)" t nil)
7763 ;;;***
7765 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7766 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7767 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7768 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7769 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7770 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7771 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7772 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7773 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7774 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18821 3055))
7775 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7777 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7778 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7780 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7782 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7783 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7785 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7787 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7789 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7791 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7792 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7793 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7794 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7796 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7798 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7801 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7803 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7805 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7808 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7810 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7812 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7813 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7814 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7815 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7817 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7819 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7821 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7822 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7823 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7824 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7826 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7828 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7830 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7831 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7832 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7833 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7835 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7837 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7839 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7840 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7841 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7842 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7844 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7846 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7848 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7849 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7850 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7851 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7852 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7853 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7857 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7858 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7859 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7860 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7862 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7864 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7866 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7867 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7868 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7869 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7871 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7873 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7875 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7878 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7879 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7880 follows:
7881 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7882 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7884 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7886 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7887 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7888 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7889 follows:
7890 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7891 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7893 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7895 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7896 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7897 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7898 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7899 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7901 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7904 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7905 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7906 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7907 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7908 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7910 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7912 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7914 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7915 Merge two files without ancestor.
7917 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7919 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7920 Merge two files with ancestor.
7922 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7924 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7926 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7927 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7929 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7931 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7932 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7934 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7936 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7937 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7938 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7939 buffer.
7941 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7944 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7945 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7946 buffer.
7948 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7950 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7951 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7952 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7953 and don't ask the user.
7954 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7955 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7957 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7959 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7960 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7961 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7962 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7963 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7964 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7965 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7966 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7970 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7972 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7974 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7975 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7976 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7977 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7978 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7980 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7982 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7984 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7985 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7986 When called interactively, displays the version.
7988 \(fn)" t nil)
7990 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7991 Display Ediff's manual.
7992 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7994 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7996 ;;;***
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7999 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8002 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8003 Not documented
8005 \(fn)" t nil)
8007 ;;;***
8009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18787 48912))
8010 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8012 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '(menu-item "This Window and Next Window" compare-windows :help "Compare the current window and the next window")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '(menu-item "Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise :help "Compare windows line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '(menu-item "Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise :help "Compare windows word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '(menu-item "Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise :help "Compare regions line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '(menu-item "Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise :help "Compare regions word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions :help "Compare directory files with their older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '(menu-item "File with Revision..." ediff-revision :help "Compare file with its older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '(menu-item "Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 :help "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '(menu-item "Two Directories..." ediff-directories :help "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '(menu-item "Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 :help "Compare three buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '(menu-item "Three Files..." ediff-files3 :help "Compare three files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '(menu-item "Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers :help "Compare two buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '(menu-item "Two Files..." ediff-files :help "Compare two files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '(menu-item "Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions :help "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '(menu-item "Directories..." ediff-merge-directories :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '(menu-item "Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers :help "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '(menu-item "Files..." ediff-merge-files :help "Merge files (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '(menu-item "To a Buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer :help "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '(menu-item "To a File..." ediff-patch-file :help "Apply a patch to a file")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '(menu-item "Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" ediff-toggle-multiframe :help "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '(menu-item "List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry :help "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '(menu-item "Customize Ediff" ediff-customize :help "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '(menu-item "Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation :help "Bring up the Ediff manual")))
8014 ;;;***
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8017 ;;;;;; (18821 3055))
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8020 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8021 Display Ediff's registry.
8023 \(fn)" t nil)
8025 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8027 ;;;***
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8030 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18791 16508))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8033 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8034 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8035 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8036 which see.
8038 \(fn)" t nil)
8040 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8041 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8042 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8043 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8045 \(fn)" t nil)
8047 ;;;***
8049 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8050 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8051 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8054 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8055 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8056 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8058 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8059 Edit a keyboard macro.
8060 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8061 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8062 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8063 its command name.
8064 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8066 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8068 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8069 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8071 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8073 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8074 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8076 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8078 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8079 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8080 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8081 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8082 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8083 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8085 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8086 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8087 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8088 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8090 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8092 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8093 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8094 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8095 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8096 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8097 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8099 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8101 ;;;***
8103 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8104 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18787 48923))
8105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8107 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8108 Set scroll margins.
8109 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8110 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8112 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8114 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8115 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8117 \(fn)" t nil)
8119 ;;;***
8121 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8122 ;;;;;; (18794 5653))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8125 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8126 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8127 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8128 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8129 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8130 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8131 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8133 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8134 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8136 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8137 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8138 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8139 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8141 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8142 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8143 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8145 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8146 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8147 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8149 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8151 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8152 Not documented
8154 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8156 ;;;***
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8159 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18811 27444))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8162 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8163 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8165 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8167 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8168 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8169 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8170 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8171 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8172 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8173 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8175 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8179 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8180 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8182 \(fn)" t nil)
8184 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8185 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8186 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8187 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8188 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8189 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8190 arg list.
8192 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8193 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8194 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8195 effect.
8197 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8198 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8200 ;;;***
8202 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18787
8203 ;;;;;; 48912))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8206 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8207 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8209 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8210 an elided material again.
8212 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8216 ;;;***
8218 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8219 ;;;;;; (18852 12908))
8220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8222 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8223 Initialize elint.
8225 \(fn)" t nil)
8227 ;;;***
8229 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8230 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18821
8231 ;;;;;; 3056))
8232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8234 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8235 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8236 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8238 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8240 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8241 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8242 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8243 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8245 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8247 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8248 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8249 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8251 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8253 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8255 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8256 Display current profiling results.
8257 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8258 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8259 displayed.
8261 \(fn)" t nil)
8263 ;;;***
8265 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8266 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8269 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8270 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8271 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8273 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8275 ;;;***
8277 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8278 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8279 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8280 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8281 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18742 35183))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8284 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8285 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8286 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8287 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8288 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8289 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8290 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8291 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8292 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8293 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8294 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8295 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8296 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8297 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8298 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8299 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8301 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8302 Run Emerge on two files.
8304 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8306 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8307 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8309 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8311 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8312 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8314 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8316 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8317 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8319 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8321 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8322 Not documented
8324 \(fn)" nil nil)
8326 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8327 Not documented
8329 \(fn)" nil nil)
8331 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8332 Not documented
8334 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8336 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8337 Not documented
8339 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8341 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8342 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8344 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8346 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8347 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8349 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8351 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8352 Not documented
8354 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8356 ;;;***
8358 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8359 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
8360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8362 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8363 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8365 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8367 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8369 ;;;***
8371 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8372 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18787 48936))
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8375 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8376 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8377 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8378 text/enriched format.
8379 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8381 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8382 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8384 Commands:
8386 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8390 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8391 Not documented
8393 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8395 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8396 Not documented
8398 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8400 ;;;***
8402 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8403 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8404 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8405 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8406 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8407 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18787
8408 ;;;;;; 48912))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8411 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8412 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8414 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8416 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8417 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8419 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8421 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8422 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8423 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8424 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8425 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8426 the keys are listed.
8427 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8429 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8431 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8432 Decrypt FILE.
8434 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8436 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8437 Verify FILE.
8439 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8441 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8442 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8444 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8446 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8447 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8449 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8451 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8452 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8454 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8455 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8456 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8457 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8458 should consider using the string based counterpart
8459 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8460 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8462 For example:
8464 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8465 (decode-coding-string
8466 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8467 'utf-8))
8469 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8471 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8472 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8474 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8475 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8477 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8479 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8480 Verify the current region between START and END.
8482 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8483 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8484 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8485 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8486 should consider using the string based counterpart
8487 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8488 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8490 For example:
8492 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8493 (decode-coding-string
8494 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8495 'utf-8))
8497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8499 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8500 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8501 between START and END.
8503 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8504 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8506 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8508 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8509 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8511 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8512 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8513 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8514 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8515 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8516 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8518 For example:
8520 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8521 (epg-sign-string
8522 context
8523 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8525 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8527 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8528 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8530 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8531 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8532 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8533 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8534 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8535 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8537 For example:
8539 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8540 (epg-encrypt-string
8541 context
8542 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8543 nil))
8545 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8547 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8548 Delete selected KEYS.
8550 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8552 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8553 Import keys from FILE.
8555 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8557 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8558 Import keys from the region.
8560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8562 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8563 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8564 between START and END.
8566 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8569 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8571 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8574 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8576 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8578 ;;;***
8580 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8581 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18787 48912))
8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8584 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8585 Decrypt marked files.
8587 \(fn)" t nil)
8589 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8590 Verify marked files.
8592 \(fn)" t nil)
8594 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8595 Sign marked files.
8597 \(fn)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8600 Encrypt marked files.
8602 \(fn)" t nil)
8604 ;;;***
8606 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8607 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18787 48912))
8608 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8610 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8611 Not documented
8613 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8615 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8616 Not documented
8618 \(fn)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8621 Not documented
8623 \(fn)" t nil)
8625 ;;;***
8627 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8628 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8629 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18787 48912))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8632 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8633 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8637 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8638 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8639 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8641 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8643 \(fn)" t nil)
8645 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8646 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8647 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8649 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8651 \(fn)" t nil)
8653 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8654 Sign the current buffer.
8655 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8657 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8659 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8661 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8662 Encrypt the current buffer.
8663 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8665 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8667 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8669 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8670 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8671 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8673 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8675 \(fn)" t nil)
8677 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8678 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8679 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8682 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8684 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8686 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8687 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8691 ;;;***
8693 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8694 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8695 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8696 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8697 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8698 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8699 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8700 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8701 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18787 48912))
8702 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8704 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8705 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8706 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8707 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8708 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8709 signatures should be included.
8710 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8712 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8714 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8715 Not documented
8717 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8719 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8720 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8721 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8723 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8724 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8725 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8726 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8727 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8729 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8731 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8732 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8733 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8735 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8737 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8738 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8740 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8742 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8743 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8744 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8746 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8747 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8749 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8750 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8751 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8752 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8753 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8755 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8757 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8758 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8759 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8761 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8762 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8763 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8764 stored into the file after successful verification.
8766 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8768 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8769 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8770 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8772 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8773 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8774 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8775 successful verification.
8777 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8779 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8780 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8781 PLAIN is a data object.
8783 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8784 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8785 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8787 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8788 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8789 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8790 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8791 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8793 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8795 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8796 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8797 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8798 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8799 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8800 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8802 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8804 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8805 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8806 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8807 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8808 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8810 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8812 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8813 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8814 PLAIN is a data object.
8815 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8817 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8818 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8819 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8820 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8821 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8823 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8825 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8826 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8827 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8828 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8830 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8833 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8834 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8836 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8838 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8839 Initiate an export keys operation.
8841 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8842 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8843 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8844 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8845 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8847 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8850 Extract public KEYS.
8852 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8854 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8855 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8857 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8859 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8860 Initiate an import keys operation.
8861 KEYS is a data object.
8863 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8864 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8865 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8866 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8867 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8869 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8871 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8872 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8874 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8876 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8877 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8879 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8881 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8882 Initiate a receive key operation.
8883 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8885 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8886 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8887 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8888 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8889 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8891 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8893 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8894 Add keys from server.
8895 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8897 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8899 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8901 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8902 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8904 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8905 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8906 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8907 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8908 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8910 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8912 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8913 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8915 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8917 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8918 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8920 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8921 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8922 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8923 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8924 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8926 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8928 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8929 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8931 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8933 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8934 Initiate a key generation.
8935 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8937 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8938 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8939 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8940 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8941 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8943 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8945 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8946 Generate a new key pair.
8947 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8949 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8951 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8952 Generate a new key pair.
8953 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8955 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8957 ;;;***
8959 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8960 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18787 48912))
8961 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8963 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8964 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8966 \(fn)" nil nil)
8968 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8969 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8971 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8973 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8974 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8976 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8978 ;;;***
8980 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8981 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18803 56787))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8984 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8985 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8987 \(fn)" nil nil)
8989 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8990 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8991 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8993 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8995 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8996 (server (erc-compute-server))
8997 (port (erc-compute-port))
8998 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8999 password
9000 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9002 That is, if called with
9004 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9006 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9007 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9008 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9010 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9012 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9014 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9015 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9016 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9017 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9019 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9021 ;;;***
9023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18787
9024 ;;;;;; 48923))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9026 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9028 ;;;***
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18787 48924))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9032 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9034 ;;;***
9036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18787 48924))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9040 ;;;***
9042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18787 48924))
9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9044 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9046 ;;;***
9048 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9049 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18800 40734))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9051 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9053 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9054 Parser for /dcc command.
9055 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9056 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9057 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9059 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9061 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9062 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9064 \(fn)" nil nil)
9066 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9067 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9069 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9070 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9071 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9072 that subcommand.
9074 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9076 ;;;***
9078 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9079 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9080 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9081 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9082 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9085 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9086 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9088 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9090 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9091 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9092 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9093 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9095 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9097 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9098 Not documented
9100 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9102 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9103 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9105 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9107 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9108 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9110 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9112 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9113 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9115 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9117 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9118 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9120 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9122 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9123 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9125 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9127 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9128 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9130 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9132 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9133 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9135 \(fn)" nil nil)
9137 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9138 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9140 \(fn)" nil nil)
9142 ;;;***
9144 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18787
9145 ;;;;;; 48924))
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9147 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9149 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9150 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9151 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9153 \(fn)" nil nil)
9155 ;;;***
9157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18787
9158 ;;;;;; 48924))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9160 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9162 ;;;***
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9165 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18787 48924))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9167 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9169 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9170 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9171 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9172 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9173 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9174 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9175 system.
9177 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9179 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9180 Not documented
9182 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9184 ;;;***
9186 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9187 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9190 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9191 Not documented
9193 \(fn)" nil nil)
9195 ;;;***
9197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18787 48924))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9201 ;;;***
9203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18787 48924))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9205 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9207 ;;;***
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9210 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18787 48924))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9212 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9214 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9215 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9216 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9217 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9218 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9219 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9223 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9224 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9225 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9226 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9228 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9229 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9230 automatically.
9232 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9233 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9237 ;;;***
9239 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9240 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9241 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9242 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9244 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9246 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9247 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9249 \(fn)" t nil)
9251 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9252 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9254 \(fn)" t nil)
9256 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9257 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9259 \(fn)" t nil)
9261 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9262 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9264 \(fn)" t nil)
9266 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9267 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9269 \(fn)" t nil)
9271 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9272 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9274 \(fn)" t nil)
9276 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9277 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9279 \(fn)" t nil)
9281 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9282 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9284 \(fn)" t nil)
9286 ;;;***
9288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18787 48924))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9290 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9292 ;;;***
9294 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9295 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9297 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9299 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9300 Show who's gone.
9302 \(fn)" nil nil)
9304 ;;;***
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9307 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18787 48924))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9310 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9311 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9312 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9313 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9315 \(fn)" nil nil)
9317 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9318 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9320 \(fn)" t nil)
9322 ;;;***
9324 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9325 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18787 48924))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9327 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9329 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9330 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9331 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9332 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9334 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9336 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9337 Not documented
9339 \(fn)" nil nil)
9341 ;;;***
9343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18787 48924))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9345 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9347 ;;;***
9349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18787
9350 ;;;;;; 48924))
9351 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9352 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9354 ;;;***
9356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18787 48924))
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9358 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9360 ;;;***
9362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18787 48924))
9363 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9364 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9366 ;;;***
9368 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9369 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18787 48924))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9371 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9373 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9374 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9376 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9378 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9379 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9380 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9382 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9384 ;;;***
9386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18787 48924))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9388 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9390 ;;;***
9392 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9393 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9396 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9397 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9398 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9400 \(fn)" t nil)
9402 ;;;***
9404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18787
9405 ;;;;;; 48924))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9407 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9409 ;;;***
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18787 48924))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9413 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9415 ;;;***
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9418 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9421 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9422 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9423 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9425 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9427 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9428 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9429 mode line.
9431 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9432 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9433 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9436 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9438 ;;;***
9440 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9441 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18787 48924))
9442 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9443 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9445 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9446 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9447 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9448 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9450 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9452 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9453 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9454 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9456 \(fn)" t nil)
9458 ;;;***
9460 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9461 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9463 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9465 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9466 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9468 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9470 ;;;***
9472 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18808
9473 ;;;;;; 43144))
9474 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9476 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9477 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9479 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9481 \(fn)" nil nil)
9483 ;;;***
9485 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18787
9486 ;;;;;; 48924))
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9489 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9490 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9494 ;;;***
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9497 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18787 48924))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9500 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9501 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9502 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9503 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9504 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9505 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9506 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9507 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9508 buffer selected (or created).
9510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9512 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9513 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9514 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9516 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9518 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9519 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9520 The result might be any Lisp object.
9521 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9522 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9523 corresponding to a successful execution.
9525 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9527 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9529 ;;;***
9531 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9532 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9533 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9534 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9535 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9536 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9537 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9538 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9541 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9542 *File name of tags table.
9543 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9544 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9545 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9546 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9548 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9549 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9550 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9551 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9553 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9555 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9556 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9557 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9558 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9559 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9560 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9562 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9564 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9565 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9566 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9567 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9568 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9569 `auto-compression-mode').")
9571 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9573 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9574 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9575 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9576 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9577 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9579 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9581 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9582 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9583 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9584 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9586 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9588 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9589 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9590 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9591 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9592 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9594 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9596 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9597 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9599 \(fn)" t nil)
9601 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9602 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9603 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9604 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9606 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9607 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9608 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9609 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9610 file the tag was in.
9612 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9614 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9615 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9616 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9617 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9618 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9619 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9620 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9621 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9622 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9624 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9626 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9627 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9628 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9629 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9630 without directory names.
9632 \(fn)" nil nil)
9634 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9635 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9636 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9637 but does not select the buffer.
9638 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9640 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9641 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9642 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9643 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9644 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9646 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9648 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9649 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9650 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9652 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9654 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9656 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9657 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9658 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9659 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9661 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9662 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9663 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9664 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9665 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9667 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9669 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9670 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9671 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9673 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9675 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9676 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9678 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9679 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9680 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9681 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9682 around or before point.
9684 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9685 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9686 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9687 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9688 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9690 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9692 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9693 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9694 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9696 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9698 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9699 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9701 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9702 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9703 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9704 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9705 around or before point.
9707 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9708 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9709 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9710 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9711 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9713 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9715 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9716 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9717 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9719 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9721 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9722 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9724 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9725 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9726 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9728 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9729 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9730 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9731 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9732 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9734 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9736 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9737 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9738 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9740 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9742 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9743 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9744 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9746 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9747 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9749 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9750 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9751 where they were found.
9753 \(fn)" t nil)
9755 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9756 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9758 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9759 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9760 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9762 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9763 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9765 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9766 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9768 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9770 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9771 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9772 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9773 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9775 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9776 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9777 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9778 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9779 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9781 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9782 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9784 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9785 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9786 Stops when a match is found.
9787 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9789 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9791 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9793 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9794 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9795 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9796 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9797 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9798 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9799 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9800 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9802 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9803 produce the list of files to search.
9805 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9807 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9809 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9810 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9811 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9812 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9813 directory specification.
9815 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9817 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9818 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9820 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9822 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9823 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9824 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9825 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9827 \(fn)" t nil)
9829 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9830 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9831 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9832 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9833 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9835 \(fn)" t nil)
9837 ;;;***
9839 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9840 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9841 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9842 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9843 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9844 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9845 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9846 ;;;;;; (18811 27444))
9847 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9849 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9850 Not documented
9852 \(fn)" nil nil)
9854 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9855 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9857 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9858 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9860 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9861 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9862 primary language.
9864 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9865 even if the buffer is read-only.
9867 See also the descriptions of the variables
9868 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9870 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9872 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9873 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9875 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9876 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9878 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9879 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9880 primary language.
9882 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9883 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9885 See also the descriptions of the variables
9886 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9888 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9890 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9891 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9892 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9893 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9895 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9897 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9898 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9899 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9900 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9902 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9903 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9904 primary language.
9906 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9907 buffer is read-only.
9909 See also the descriptions of the variables
9910 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9911 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9913 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9915 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9916 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9918 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9919 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9921 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9922 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9923 the primary language.
9925 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9926 buffer is read-only.
9928 See also the descriptions of the variables
9929 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9930 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9932 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9934 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9935 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9936 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9938 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9940 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9941 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9943 \(fn)" t nil)
9945 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9946 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9948 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9949 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9950 be 1, 2, or 3.
9952 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9953 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9954 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9956 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9958 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9960 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9961 This function is deprecated.
9963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9965 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9966 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9968 \(fn)" t nil)
9970 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9971 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9973 \(fn)" t nil)
9975 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9976 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9978 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9979 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9981 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9982 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9984 \(fn)" nil nil)
9986 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9987 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9989 \(fn)" nil nil)
9991 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9992 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9994 \(fn)" nil nil)
9996 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9997 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9999 \(fn)" nil nil)
10001 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10002 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10003 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10005 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10007 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10008 Not documented
10010 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10012 ;;;***
10014 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10015 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10016 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10019 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10020 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10021 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10022 server for future sessions.
10024 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10026 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10027 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10028 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10030 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10032 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10033 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10034 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10036 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10038 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10039 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10040 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10041 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10042 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10043 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10044 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10045 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10046 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10047 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10048 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10049 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10051 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10053 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10054 Display a form to query the directory server.
10055 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10056 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10058 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10060 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10061 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10062 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10064 \(fn)" t nil)
10066 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10068 ;;;***
10070 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10071 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10072 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18787 48930))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10075 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10076 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10078 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10080 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10081 Display URL and make it clickable.
10083 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10085 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10086 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10088 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10090 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10091 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10093 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10095 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10096 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10098 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10100 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10101 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10103 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10105 ;;;***
10107 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10108 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18787 48930))
10109 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10111 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10112 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10113 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10115 \(fn)" t nil)
10117 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10118 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10120 \(fn)" t nil)
10122 ;;;***
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10125 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10126 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10128 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10129 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10131 \(fn)" t nil)
10133 ;;;***
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18787
10136 ;;;;;; 48922))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10139 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10140 Create an empty ewoc.
10142 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10144 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10145 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10146 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10147 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10148 `insert-before-markers'.
10150 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10151 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10152 respectively, of the ewoc.
10154 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10155 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10156 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10158 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10160 ;;;***
10162 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10163 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10164 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10165 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10168 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10169 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10170 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10172 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10174 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10175 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10176 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10177 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10178 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10180 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10182 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10183 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10184 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10185 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10186 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10187 executable.
10189 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10191 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10192 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10193 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10195 \(fn)" t nil)
10197 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10198 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10199 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10200 file modes.
10202 \(fn)" nil nil)
10204 ;;;***
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10207 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10208 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10211 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10212 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10213 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10214 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10216 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10218 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10219 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10220 to generate such functions.
10222 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10223 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10224 beginning of the expanded text.
10226 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10227 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10228 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10229 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10231 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10233 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10235 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10236 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10237 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10239 \(fn)" nil nil)
10241 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10242 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10243 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10245 \(fn)" t nil)
10247 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10248 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10249 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10251 \(fn)" t nil)
10252 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10253 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10255 ;;;***
10257 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18791 16531))
10258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10260 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10261 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10262 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10264 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10265 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10266 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10268 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10270 Key definitions:
10271 \\{f90-mode-map}
10273 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10275 `f90-do-indent'
10276 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10277 `f90-if-indent'
10278 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10279 `f90-type-indent'
10280 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10281 `f90-program-indent'
10282 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10283 (default 2).
10284 `f90-continuation-indent'
10285 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10286 `f90-comment-region'
10287 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10288 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10289 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10290 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10291 (default \"!\").
10292 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10293 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10294 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10295 `f90-break-delimiters'
10296 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10297 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10298 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10299 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10300 (default t).
10301 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10302 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10303 `f90-smart-end'
10304 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10305 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10306 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10307 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10308 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10309 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10310 `f90-leave-line-no'
10311 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10313 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10314 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10316 \(fn)" t nil)
10318 ;;;***
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10321 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10322 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10323 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18787 48913))
10324 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10326 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10327 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10329 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10330 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10332 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10333 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10334 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10335 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10336 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10337 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10338 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10340 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10341 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10342 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10344 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10346 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10347 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10349 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10351 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10352 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10353 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10354 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10355 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10356 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10358 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10360 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10361 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10362 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10364 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10365 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10366 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10367 will remove any scaling currently active.
10369 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10371 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10372 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10373 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10375 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10376 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10377 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10378 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10379 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10381 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10382 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10384 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10385 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10387 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10388 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10389 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10391 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10392 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10393 is one of the above.
10395 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10396 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10397 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10398 will remove any scaling currently active.
10400 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10401 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10402 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10403 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10404 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10406 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10408 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10409 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10410 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10411 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10415 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10416 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10417 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10418 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10419 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10421 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10422 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10424 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10426 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10427 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10428 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10429 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10431 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10432 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10433 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10434 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10436 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10437 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10439 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10441 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10442 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10443 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10444 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10448 ;;;***
10450 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10451 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10452 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18577 50420))
10453 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10455 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10456 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10457 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10458 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10460 \(fn)" nil nil)
10462 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10463 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10467 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10468 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10469 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10470 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10474 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10475 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10476 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10477 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10478 backup file names and the like).
10480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10482 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10483 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10484 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10485 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10486 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10487 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10488 internally by feedmail):
10490 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10491 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10492 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10493 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10495 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10496 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10497 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10498 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10499 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10501 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10503 ;;;***
10505 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10506 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18787 48913))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10509 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10510 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10511 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10512 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10513 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10514 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10515 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10517 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10519 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10520 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10521 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10522 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10523 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10524 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10525 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10527 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10529 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10531 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10532 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10533 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10534 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10535 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10536 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10538 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10540 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10541 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10542 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10543 Return value:
10544 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10545 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10546 * otherwise, nil
10548 \(fn E)" t nil)
10550 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10551 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10553 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10555 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10556 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10558 \(fn)" t nil)
10560 ;;;***
10562 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10563 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10564 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10565 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18787 48913))
10566 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10568 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10569 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10570 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10571 be added to the cache.
10573 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10575 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10576 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10577 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10578 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10579 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10581 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10583 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10584 Add FILE to the file cache.
10586 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10589 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10590 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10595 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10596 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10598 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10601 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10602 This function does not use any external programs
10603 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10604 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10605 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10607 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10609 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10610 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10611 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10612 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10613 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10614 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10615 \(directories) is done.
10617 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10619 ;;;***
10621 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18787
10622 ;;;;;; 48913))
10623 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10625 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10626 Filesets initialization.
10627 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10629 \(fn)" nil nil)
10631 ;;;***
10633 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18787 48913))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10636 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10637 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10639 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10640 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10641 (mtime \"+1\"))
10642 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10644 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10645 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10647 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10649 ;;;***
10651 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10652 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10653 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18787 48913))
10654 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10656 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10657 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10658 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10659 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10660 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10662 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10664 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10665 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10666 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10667 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10668 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10670 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10672 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10673 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10674 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10675 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10677 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10679 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10680 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10681 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10682 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10684 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10686 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10687 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10688 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10690 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10692 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10693 as the final argument.
10695 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10697 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10698 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10699 and run dired on those files.
10700 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10701 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10703 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10705 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10707 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10708 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10709 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10711 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10713 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10715 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10717 ;;;***
10719 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10720 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10721 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
10722 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10724 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10725 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10726 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10727 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10728 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10729 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10730 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10732 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10733 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10734 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10736 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10738 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10740 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10742 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10743 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10744 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10746 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10747 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10749 Variables of interest include:
10751 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10752 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10753 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10755 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10756 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10757 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10759 - `ff-ignore-include'
10760 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10762 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10763 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10765 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10766 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10768 - `ff-special-constructs'
10769 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10770 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10771 extracting the filename from that construct.
10773 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10774 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10776 - `ff-search-directories'
10777 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10778 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10780 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10781 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10783 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10784 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10786 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10787 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10789 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10790 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10792 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10793 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10795 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10797 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10798 Visit the file you click on.
10800 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10802 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10803 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10805 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10807 ;;;***
10809 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10810 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10811 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10812 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10813 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10814 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10815 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18834 14041))
10816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10818 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10819 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10820 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10822 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10824 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10825 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10826 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10827 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10829 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10830 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10831 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10832 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10834 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10836 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10837 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10839 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10840 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10841 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10842 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10844 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10845 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10846 in `load-path'.
10848 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10850 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10851 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10853 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10854 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10855 places point before the definition.
10856 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10858 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10859 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10860 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10862 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10864 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10865 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10867 See `find-function' for more details.
10869 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10871 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10872 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10874 See `find-function' for more details.
10876 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10878 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10879 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10881 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10882 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10883 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10885 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10886 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10888 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10890 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10891 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10893 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10894 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10895 places point before the definition.
10897 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10899 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10900 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10901 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10903 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10905 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10906 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10908 See `find-variable' for more details.
10910 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10912 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10913 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10915 See `find-variable' for more details.
10917 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10919 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10920 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10921 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10922 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10923 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10924 buffer nor display it.
10926 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10927 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10929 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10931 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10932 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10934 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10935 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10936 places point before the definition.
10938 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10940 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10941 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10942 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10944 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10946 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10947 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10948 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10950 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10952 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10953 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10955 \(fn)" t nil)
10957 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10958 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10960 \(fn)" t nil)
10962 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10963 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10965 \(fn)" nil nil)
10967 ;;;***
10969 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10970 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18787 48913))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10973 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10974 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10976 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10978 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10979 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10981 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10983 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10984 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10986 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10988 ;;;***
10990 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10991 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18787 48913))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10994 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10995 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10997 \(fn)" t nil)
10999 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11000 Display FILE's commentary section.
11001 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11003 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11005 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11006 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11008 \(fn)" t nil)
11010 ;;;***
11012 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11013 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18794 5653))
11014 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11016 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11017 Toggle flow control handling.
11018 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11019 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11021 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11023 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11024 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11025 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11026 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11027 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11028 to get the effect of a C-q.
11030 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11032 ;;;***
11034 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11035 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11038 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11039 Not documented
11041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11043 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11044 Not documented
11046 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11048 ;;;***
11050 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11051 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18844 39826))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11054 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11055 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11056 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11057 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11061 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11062 Turn flymake mode on.
11064 \(fn)" nil nil)
11066 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11067 Turn flymake mode off.
11069 \(fn)" nil nil)
11071 ;;;***
11073 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11074 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11075 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18852 12908))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11078 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11079 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11081 \(fn)" t nil)
11082 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11084 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11085 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11086 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11087 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11088 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11089 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11090 otherwise turn it off.
11092 Bindings:
11093 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11094 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11095 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11096 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11098 Hooks:
11099 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11101 Remark:
11102 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11103 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11104 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11106 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11107 consider adding:
11108 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11109 in your .emacs file.
11111 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11112 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11116 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11117 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11119 \(fn)" nil nil)
11121 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11122 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11124 \(fn)" nil nil)
11126 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11127 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11129 \(fn)" nil nil)
11131 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11132 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11134 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11136 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11137 Flyspell whole buffer.
11139 \(fn)" t nil)
11141 ;;;***
11143 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11144 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11145 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
11146 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11148 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11149 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11151 \(fn)" nil nil)
11153 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11154 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11156 \(fn)" nil nil)
11158 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11159 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11161 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11162 of two major techniques:
11164 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11165 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11166 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11168 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11169 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11170 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11171 movement commands.
11173 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11174 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11175 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11176 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11177 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11178 mileage may vary).
11180 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11181 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11183 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11185 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11186 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11187 \(This is the default.)
11189 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11191 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11192 \\{follow-mode-map}
11194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11196 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11197 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11199 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11200 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11201 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11202 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11203 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11204 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11206 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11207 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11208 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11210 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11211 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11212 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11216 ;;;***
11218 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18787
11219 ;;;;;; 48929))
11220 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11222 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11223 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11224 \\<message-mode-map>
11225 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
11226 started, play around with the following keys:
11227 key binding
11228 --- -------
11229 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11230 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11231 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11232 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11233 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11234 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11235 \\[Footnote-set-style] Footnote-set-style
11237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11239 ;;;***
11241 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11242 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18787 48913))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11245 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11246 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11248 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11249 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11250 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11251 C-c < forms-first-record <
11252 C-c > forms-last-record >
11253 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11254 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11255 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11256 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11257 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11258 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11259 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11260 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11261 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11262 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11264 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11266 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11267 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11269 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11271 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11272 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11274 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11276 ;;;***
11278 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11279 ;;;;;; (18791 16531))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11282 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11283 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11284 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11286 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11287 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11289 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11291 Key definitions:
11292 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11294 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11296 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11297 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11298 `fortran-do-indent'
11299 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11300 `fortran-if-indent'
11301 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11302 `fortran-structure-indent'
11303 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11304 (default 3)
11305 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11306 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11307 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11308 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11309 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11310 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11311 nil don't change the indentation
11312 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11313 value of either
11314 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11315 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11316 depending on the continuation format in use.
11317 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11318 indentation for a line of code.
11319 (default 'fixed)
11320 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11321 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11322 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11323 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11324 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11325 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11326 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11327 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11328 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11329 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11330 column 5.
11331 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11332 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11333 statements (default nil).
11334 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11335 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11336 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11337 `fortran-continuation-string'
11338 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11339 line (default \"$\").
11340 `fortran-comment-region'
11341 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11342 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11343 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11344 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11345 as typed (default t).
11346 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11347 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11349 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11350 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11352 \(fn)" t nil)
11354 ;;;***
11356 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11357 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18787 48933))
11358 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11360 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11361 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11363 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11364 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11366 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11368 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11369 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11371 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11372 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11374 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11376 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11377 Compile fortune file.
11379 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11380 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11382 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11384 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11385 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11387 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11388 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11389 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11390 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11392 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11394 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11395 Display a fortune cookie.
11397 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11398 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11399 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11400 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11402 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11404 ;;;***
11406 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11407 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11410 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11411 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11412 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11413 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11415 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11416 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11417 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11418 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11420 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11421 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11422 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11423 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11424 some of the buffers.
11426 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11428 The following commands help control operation :
11430 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11431 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11433 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11434 detailed description of this mode.
11436 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11437 | GDB Toolbar |
11438 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11439 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11440 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11441 | | |
11442 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11443 | | |
11444 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11445 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11446 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11448 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11449 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11450 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11451 session.
11453 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11455 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11457 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11458 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11460 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11462 ;;;***
11464 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11465 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18787
11466 ;;;;;; 48922))
11467 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11469 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11470 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11471 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11472 instead (which see).")
11474 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11475 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11477 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11478 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11479 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11480 documentation string instead.
11482 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11483 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11484 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11485 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11486 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11487 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11488 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11489 enders are actually possible.
11491 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11492 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11494 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11495 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11496 `font-lock-keywords'.
11498 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11499 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11500 runs the macro expansion.
11502 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11503 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11504 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11506 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11508 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11510 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11511 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11513 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11515 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11516 Enter generic mode MODE.
11518 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11519 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11520 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11522 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11523 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11525 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11527 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11528 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11529 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11530 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11531 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11532 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11533 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11534 `font-lock-keywords'.
11536 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11538 ;;;***
11540 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11541 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11544 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11545 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11546 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11547 at places they belong to.
11549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11551 ;;;***
11553 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11554 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11555 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11558 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11559 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11560 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11562 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11564 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11565 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11567 Guideline for numbers:
11568 1 - error messages
11569 3 - non-serious error messages
11570 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11571 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11572 9 - messages inside loops.
11574 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11576 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11577 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11578 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11580 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11582 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11583 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11585 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11587 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11588 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11590 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11591 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11592 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11593 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11594 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11595 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11597 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11598 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11599 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11600 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11601 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11603 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11605 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11607 ;;;***
11609 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11610 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18838 52324))
11611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11612 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11613 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11615 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11616 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11620 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11621 Read network news.
11622 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11623 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11624 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11625 name of an NNTP server to use.
11626 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11627 server.
11629 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11631 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11632 Read news as a slave.
11634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11636 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11637 Pop up a frame to read news.
11638 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11639 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11640 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11641 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11642 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11643 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11644 current display is used.
11646 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11648 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11649 Read network news.
11650 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11651 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11652 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11654 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11656 ;;;***
11658 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11659 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11660 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11661 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11662 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11663 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18787 48925))
11664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11666 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11667 Start Gnus unplugged.
11669 \(fn)" t nil)
11671 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11672 Start Gnus plugged.
11674 \(fn)" t nil)
11676 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11677 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11681 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11682 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11684 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11685 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11686 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11688 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11689 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11690 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11692 \(fn)" t nil)
11694 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11695 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11697 \(fn)" nil nil)
11699 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11700 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11701 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11702 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11703 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11704 supported.
11706 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11708 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11709 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11710 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11711 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11712 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11713 supported.
11715 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11717 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11718 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11720 \(fn)" nil nil)
11722 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11723 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11724 downloaded into the agent.
11726 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11728 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11729 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11730 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11731 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11733 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11735 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11736 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11738 \(fn)" t nil)
11740 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11741 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11743 \(fn)" t nil)
11745 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11746 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11747 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11749 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11751 ;;;***
11753 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11754 ;;;;;; (18841 61157))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11757 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11758 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11760 \(fn)" nil nil)
11762 ;;;***
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11765 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11768 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11769 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11771 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11773 ;;;***
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11776 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18787 48925))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11779 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11780 Set a bookmark for this article.
11782 \(fn)" t nil)
11784 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11785 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11787 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11789 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11790 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11791 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11792 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11793 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11795 \(fn)" t nil)
11797 ;;;***
11799 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11800 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11801 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18787
11802 ;;;;;; 48925))
11803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11805 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11806 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11808 Usage:
11809 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11811 \(fn)" t nil)
11813 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11814 Generate the cache active file.
11816 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11818 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11819 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11821 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11823 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11824 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11825 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11826 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11827 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11828 supported.
11830 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11832 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11833 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11834 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11835 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11836 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11837 supported.
11839 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11841 ;;;***
11843 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11844 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18787 48925))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11847 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11848 Delay this article by some time.
11849 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11851 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11852 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11854 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11855 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11857 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11858 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11860 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11862 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11863 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11865 \(fn)" t nil)
11867 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11868 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11869 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11870 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11872 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11873 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11875 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11877 ;;;***
11879 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11880 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18787 48925))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11883 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11884 Not documented
11886 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11888 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11889 Not documented
11891 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11893 ;;;***
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11896 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11899 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11900 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11902 \(fn)" t nil)
11904 ;;;***
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11907 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11910 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11911 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11915 ;;;***
11917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11918 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11919 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18787
11920 ;;;;;; 48925))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11923 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11924 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11926 \(fn)" t nil)
11928 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11929 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11934 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11936 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11937 different input formats.
11939 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11941 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11942 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11944 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11945 different input formats.
11947 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11949 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11950 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11951 The PNG is returned as a string.
11953 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11955 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11956 Convert FILE to a Face.
11957 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11958 726 bytes.
11960 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11962 ;;;***
11964 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11965 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18787 48925))
11966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11968 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11969 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11970 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11971 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11973 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11975 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11976 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11978 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11980 ;;;***
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11983 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11986 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11988 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11989 Run batched scoring.
11990 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11992 \(fn)" t nil)
11994 ;;;***
11996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11997 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11998 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12001 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12002 Not documented
12004 \(fn)" nil nil)
12006 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12007 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12008 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12010 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12012 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12013 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12015 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12019 ;;;***
12021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12022 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12023 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12026 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12027 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12028 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12029 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12030 group parameters.
12032 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12033 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12034 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12035 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12037 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12038 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12039 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12040 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12041 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12042 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12043 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12044 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12045 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12046 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12048 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12050 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12051 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12052 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12053 nil CATCH-ALL).
12055 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12056 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12058 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12060 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12061 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12062 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12064 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12066 \(fn)" nil nil)
12068 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12069 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12070 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12072 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12074 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12075 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12076 existing groups are considered.
12078 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12079 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12080 returned.
12082 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12083 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12084 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12085 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12086 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12087 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12088 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12089 clauses will be generated.
12091 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12092 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12093 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12094 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12095 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12096 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12098 For example, given the following group parameters:
12100 nnml:mail.bar:
12101 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12102 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12103 nnml:mail.foo:
12104 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12105 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12106 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12107 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12108 nnml:mail.others:
12109 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12111 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12113 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12114 \"mail.bar\")
12115 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12116 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12117 \"mail.others\")
12119 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12121 ;;;***
12123 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12124 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12127 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12128 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12129 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12131 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12133 ;;;***
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12136 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18791 16520))
12137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12139 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12140 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12141 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12142 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12144 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12146 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12147 Mail to ADDRESS.
12149 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12151 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12152 Like `message-reply'.
12154 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12156 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12158 ;;;***
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12161 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18850 57238))
12162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12164 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12165 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12167 \(fn)" t nil)
12169 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12170 Load the NoCeM cache.
12172 \(fn)" t nil)
12174 ;;;***
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12177 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12178 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12181 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12182 Display picons in the From header.
12183 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12185 \(fn)" t nil)
12187 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12188 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12189 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12191 \(fn)" t nil)
12193 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12194 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12195 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12197 \(fn)" t nil)
12199 ;;;***
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12202 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12203 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12204 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12205 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18787 48925))
12206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12208 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12209 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12210 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12211 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12213 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12215 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12216 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12217 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12218 LIST1 is modified.
12220 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12222 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12223 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12224 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12226 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12228 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12229 Not documented
12231 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12233 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12234 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12235 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12237 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12239 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12240 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12241 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12243 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12245 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12247 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12248 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12249 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12251 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12253 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12254 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12255 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12257 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12259 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12260 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12261 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12263 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12265 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12266 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12268 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12270 ;;;***
12272 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12273 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18787 48925))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12276 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12277 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12279 \(fn)" t nil)
12281 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12282 Install the registry hooks.
12284 \(fn)" t nil)
12286 ;;;***
12288 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12289 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18787
12290 ;;;;;; 48925))
12291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12293 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12294 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12295 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12296 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12297 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12298 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12300 \(fn)" t nil)
12302 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12303 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12304 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12305 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12306 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12308 \(fn)" t nil)
12310 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12311 Not documented
12313 \(fn)" t nil)
12315 ;;;***
12317 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12318 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12321 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12322 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12323 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12324 for matching on group names.
12326 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12327 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12329 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12331 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12333 \(fn)" t nil)
12335 ;;;***
12337 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12338 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12341 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12342 Update the format specification near point.
12344 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12346 ;;;***
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12349 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18791
12350 ;;;;;; 16521))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12353 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12354 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12356 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12358 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12359 Not documented
12361 \(fn)" nil nil)
12363 ;;;***
12365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12366 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12369 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12370 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12372 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12374 ;;;***
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18787 48933))
12377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12379 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12380 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12382 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12383 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12384 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12386 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12387 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12388 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12390 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12391 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12393 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12394 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12396 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12398 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12400 ;;;***
12402 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12403 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18799
12404 ;;;;;; 16232))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12407 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12409 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12410 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12411 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12412 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12413 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12415 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12417 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12418 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12419 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12420 or to send e-mail.
12421 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12422 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12424 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12425 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12428 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12430 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12431 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12435 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12436 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12440 ;;;***
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12443 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12444 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18812 37880))
12445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12447 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12448 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12450 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12452 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12453 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12454 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12455 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12456 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12458 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12459 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12461 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12463 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12464 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12465 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12466 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12468 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12470 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12471 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12473 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12475 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12476 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12478 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12479 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12480 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12482 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12483 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12484 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12486 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12487 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12488 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12489 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12491 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12492 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12493 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12494 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12495 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12497 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12499 (defvar grep-history nil)
12501 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12503 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12504 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12505 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12507 \(fn)" nil nil)
12509 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12510 Not documented
12512 \(fn)" nil nil)
12514 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12515 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12517 \(fn)" nil nil)
12519 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12520 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12521 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12522 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12523 found matches.
12525 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12526 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12528 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12529 can easily repeat a grep command.
12531 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12532 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12533 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12534 list is empty).
12536 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12538 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12539 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12540 Collect output in a buffer.
12541 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12542 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12544 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12545 easily repeat a find command.
12547 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12549 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12551 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12552 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12553 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12554 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12555 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12557 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12558 before it is executed.
12559 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12561 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12562 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12563 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12565 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12567 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12569 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12570 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12571 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12572 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12573 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12575 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12576 before it is executed.
12577 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12579 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12580 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12581 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12583 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12585 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12587 ;;;***
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18792 40816))
12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12592 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12593 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12594 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12595 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12596 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12598 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12600 ;;;***
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12603 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18787 48934))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12606 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12607 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12608 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12609 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12611 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12613 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12614 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12615 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12616 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12618 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12620 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12621 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12622 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12623 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12625 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12627 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12628 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12629 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12630 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12632 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12633 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12635 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12637 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12638 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12639 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12640 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12642 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12644 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12645 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12646 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12647 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12649 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12651 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12652 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12653 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12654 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12655 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12657 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12658 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12659 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12660 original source file access method.
12662 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12663 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12665 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12666 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12668 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12670 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12671 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12673 \(fn)" t nil)
12675 ;;;***
12677 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18787
12678 ;;;;;; 48933))
12679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12681 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12682 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12683 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12684 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12686 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12687 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12688 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12689 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12691 \(fn)" t nil)
12693 ;;;***
12695 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12696 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
12697 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12699 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12700 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12702 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12704 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12705 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12706 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12707 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12709 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12711 \(fn)" t nil)
12713 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12714 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12715 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12716 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12717 to be updated.
12719 \(fn)" t nil)
12721 ;;;***
12723 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12724 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12725 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18787 48929))
12726 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12728 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12729 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12731 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12733 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12734 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12735 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12737 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12739 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12740 Verify a hashcash payment
12742 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12744 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12745 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12746 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12747 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12748 `mail-add-payment-async').
12750 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12752 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12753 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12754 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12755 Calculation is asynchronous.
12757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12759 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12760 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12761 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12765 ;;;***
12767 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12768 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12769 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12770 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18787 48913))
12771 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12773 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12774 Return the help-echo string at point.
12775 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12776 property, or nil, is returned.
12777 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12778 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12779 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12781 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12783 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12784 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12785 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12786 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12787 this produces no string either, return nil.
12789 \(fn)" nil nil)
12791 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12792 Display local help in the echo area.
12793 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12794 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12795 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12796 printed instead.
12798 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12799 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12800 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12804 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12805 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12806 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12808 \(fn)" t nil)
12810 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12811 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12812 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12814 \(fn)" t nil)
12816 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12817 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12818 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12819 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12820 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12821 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12822 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12823 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12824 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12825 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12826 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12828 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12829 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12830 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12831 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12832 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12834 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12835 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12836 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12837 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12838 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12839 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12840 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12841 The default is `never'.")
12843 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12845 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12846 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12847 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12848 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12849 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12850 considered different regions.
12852 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12853 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12854 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12855 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12856 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12857 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12858 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12859 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12860 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12862 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12864 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12865 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12866 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12867 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12868 different regions.
12870 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12871 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12872 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12873 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12874 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12875 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12876 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12877 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12879 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12880 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12881 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12882 rarely happens in practice.
12884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12886 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12887 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12888 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12889 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12890 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12891 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12895 ;;;***
12897 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12898 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12899 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12900 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12901 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12903 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12904 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12906 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12908 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12909 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12910 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12912 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12914 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12915 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12916 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12917 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12918 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12919 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12920 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12921 search for a function definition.
12923 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12924 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12925 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12926 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12927 suitable file is found, return nil.
12929 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12931 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12932 Not documented
12934 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12936 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12937 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12938 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12939 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12941 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12943 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12944 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12945 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12946 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12947 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12948 it is displayed along with the global value.
12950 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12952 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12953 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12954 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12955 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12957 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12959 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12960 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12961 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12962 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12963 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12965 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12967 ;;;***
12969 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12970 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12971 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12973 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12974 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12975 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12976 window listing and describing the options.
12977 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12978 gives the window that lists the options.")
12980 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12982 ;;;***
12984 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12985 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12986 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18787
12987 ;;;;;; 48914))
12988 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12990 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12991 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12992 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12993 Commands:
12994 \\{help-mode-map}
12996 \(fn)" t nil)
12998 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12999 Not documented
13001 \(fn)" nil nil)
13003 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13004 Not documented
13006 \(fn)" nil nil)
13008 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13009 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13011 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13012 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13013 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13014 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13016 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13017 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13018 restore it properly when going back.
13020 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13022 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13023 Not documented
13025 \(fn)" nil nil)
13027 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13028 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13030 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13031 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13032 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13033 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13034 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13035 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13036 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13037 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13039 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13040 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13041 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13042 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13044 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13045 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13046 that.
13048 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13050 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13051 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13052 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13053 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13054 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13055 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13057 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13059 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13060 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13061 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13062 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13063 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13065 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13067 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13068 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13070 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13072 ;;;***
13074 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18787 48922))
13076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13078 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13079 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13081 \(fn)" t nil)
13083 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13084 Provide help for current mode.
13086 \(fn)" t nil)
13088 ;;;***
13090 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13091 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18791 16509))
13092 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13094 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13095 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13096 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13097 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13098 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13100 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13101 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13103 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13104 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13105 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13106 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13108 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13109 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13110 periods.
13112 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13113 in hexl format.
13115 A sample format:
13117 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13118 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13119 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13120 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13121 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13122 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13123 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13124 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13125 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13126 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13127 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13128 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13129 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13130 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13131 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13133 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13134 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13135 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13137 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13138 also supported.
13140 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13142 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13143 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13144 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13146 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13147 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13148 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13150 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13151 into the buffer at the current point.
13153 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13154 into the buffer at the current point.
13156 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13157 into the buffer at the current point.
13159 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13161 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13162 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13164 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13166 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13170 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13171 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13172 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13173 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13175 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13177 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13178 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13179 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13181 \(fn)" t nil)
13183 ;;;***
13185 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13186 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13187 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13188 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13189 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13191 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13192 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13194 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13195 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13196 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13197 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13198 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13199 called interactively, are:
13201 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13202 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13204 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13205 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13206 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13207 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13209 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13210 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13212 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13213 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13215 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13216 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13217 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13218 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13219 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13220 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13221 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13222 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13223 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13224 function returns t.
13226 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13227 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13229 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13230 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13231 form:
13232 Hi-lock: FOO
13233 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13234 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13235 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13236 Patterns will be read until
13237 Hi-lock: end
13238 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13242 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13243 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13244 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13246 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13247 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13249 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13251 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13252 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13253 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13254 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13255 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13259 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13261 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13262 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13264 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13265 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13266 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13267 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13268 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13270 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13272 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13274 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13275 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13277 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13278 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13279 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13280 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13281 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13283 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13285 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13287 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13288 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13290 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13291 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13293 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13295 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13297 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13298 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13300 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13301 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13302 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13303 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13304 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13306 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13308 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13309 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13311 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13312 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13313 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13315 \(fn)" t nil)
13317 ;;;***
13319 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13320 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
13321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13323 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13324 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13325 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13326 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13327 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13328 how the hiding is done:
13330 `hide-ifdef-env'
13331 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13332 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13333 is used.
13335 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13336 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13337 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13338 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13339 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13341 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13342 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13343 #endif lines when hiding.
13345 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13346 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13347 is activated.
13349 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13350 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13351 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13353 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13357 ;;;***
13359 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13360 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
13361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13363 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13364 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13365 Each element has the form
13366 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13368 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13369 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13371 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13372 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13374 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13375 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13376 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13377 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13378 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13379 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13381 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13382 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13384 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13385 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13387 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13388 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13389 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13391 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13392 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13393 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13394 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13395 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13397 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13398 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13399 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13401 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13402 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13404 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13406 Key bindings:
13407 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13411 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13412 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13414 \(fn)" nil nil)
13416 ;;;***
13418 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13419 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13420 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13421 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13422 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18787
13423 ;;;;;; 48914))
13424 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13426 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13427 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13429 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13431 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13432 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13433 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13434 on and off.
13436 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13437 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13438 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13439 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13440 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13441 through various faces.
13442 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13443 buffer with the contents of a file
13444 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13448 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13449 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13451 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13452 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13453 in a distinctive face.
13455 The default value can be customized with variable
13456 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13458 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13462 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13463 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13464 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13466 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13468 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13469 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13471 \(fn)" t nil)
13473 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13474 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13476 \(fn)" t nil)
13478 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13479 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13481 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13482 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13483 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13484 shown in the last face in the list.
13486 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13487 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13488 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13490 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13492 \(fn)" t nil)
13494 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13495 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13497 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13499 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13500 to save the file.
13502 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13503 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13505 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13506 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13507 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13509 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13511 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13512 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13514 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13515 this function is called interactively.
13517 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13518 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13519 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13521 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13522 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13523 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13525 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13527 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13528 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13529 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13532 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13534 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13536 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13537 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13538 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13539 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13540 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13544 ;;;***
13546 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13547 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13548 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13549 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13550 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18787 48914))
13551 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13553 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13554 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13555 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13556 or insert functions in this list.")
13558 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13560 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13561 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13563 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13565 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13566 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13568 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13570 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13571 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13573 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13575 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13576 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13578 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13580 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13581 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13582 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13584 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13586 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13587 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13588 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13589 \(as atoms)")
13591 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13593 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13594 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13595 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13596 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13597 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13599 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13601 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13602 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13603 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13604 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13605 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13606 expansions.
13607 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13608 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13609 undoes the expansion.
13611 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13613 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13614 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13615 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13616 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13618 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13620 ;;;***
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13623 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13624 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13626 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13627 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13628 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13630 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13631 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13632 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13633 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13634 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13636 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13637 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13638 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13639 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13643 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13644 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13645 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13648 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13650 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13652 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13653 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13654 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13656 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13657 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13661 ;;;***
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13664 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13665 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13666 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13667 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18794 5654))
13668 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13670 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13671 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13672 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13674 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13676 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13678 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13680 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13681 Oriental holidays.
13682 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13684 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13686 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13688 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13690 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13691 Local holidays.
13692 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13694 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13696 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13698 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13700 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13701 User defined holidays.
13702 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13704 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13706 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13708 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13710 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13711 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13713 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13715 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13716 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13718 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13720 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13721 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13723 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13725 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13726 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13728 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13730 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13731 Jewish holidays.
13732 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13734 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13736 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13738 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13740 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13741 Christian holidays.
13742 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13744 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13746 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13748 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13750 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13751 Islamic holidays.
13752 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13754 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13756 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13758 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13760 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13761 Baha'i holidays.
13762 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13764 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13766 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13768 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13770 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13771 Sun-related holidays.
13772 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13774 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13776 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13778 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13780 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
13781 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
13783 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
13784 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
13785 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
13786 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
13787 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
13788 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
13789 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
13791 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
13792 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
13794 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
13795 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
13796 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
13797 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
13798 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
13799 `calendar-holidays' directly.
13801 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
13802 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
13804 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
13805 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
13806 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
13807 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
13809 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
13810 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional DAY) is the Kth DAYNAME
13811 (0 for Sunday, etc.) after/before Gregorian
13812 MONTH DAY. K<0 means count back from the end
13813 of the month. Optional DAY defaults to 1 if
13814 K>0, and MONTH's last day otherwise.
13815 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
13816 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
13817 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
13818 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
13819 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
13820 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
13821 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
13822 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
13823 is an expression in the variable `date'.
13825 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
13827 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
13829 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
13830 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
13832 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
13834 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
13835 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
13837 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
13839 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
13840 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
13842 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
13844 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
13845 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
13847 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
13849 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
13850 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
13852 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
13854 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
13855 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
13856 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
13858 (holiday-sexp
13859 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
13860 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13861 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13862 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13863 (list 11 1 year)))))))
13864 \"US Presidential Election\")
13868 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
13869 (holiday-fixed 11
13870 (calendar-extract-day
13871 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13872 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13873 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13874 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
13875 \"US Presidential Election\"))
13877 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
13879 (lunar-phases)
13881 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
13882 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
13883 with descriptive strings such as
13885 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
13887 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "holidays" t)
13889 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13891 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13892 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13893 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13894 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13898 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13899 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13900 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13901 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13902 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13904 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13905 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13907 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13908 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13910 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13911 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13912 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13913 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13914 of a holiday list.
13916 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13918 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13920 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13922 ;;;***
13924 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18787
13925 ;;;;;; 48925))
13926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13928 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13929 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13931 \(fn)" t nil)
13933 ;;;***
13935 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13936 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13937 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13938 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13947 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13948 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13949 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13950 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13951 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13957 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18787 48914))
13958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13960 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13962 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13967 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13969 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13971 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13972 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13974 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13977 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13979 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13984 \(fn)" t nil)
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13989 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13991 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13994 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13995 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13996 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13997 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13998 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13999 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14000 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch "ibuf-ext")
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14009 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14010 Not documented
14012 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14014 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14015 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14017 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14019 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14020 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14022 \(fn)" t nil)
14024 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14025 Remove the first filter group.
14027 \(fn)" t nil)
14029 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14030 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14032 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14034 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14035 Remove all filter groups.
14037 \(fn)" t nil)
14039 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14040 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14042 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14044 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14045 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14046 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14048 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14050 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14051 Kill the filter group at point.
14052 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14054 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14059 \(fn)" t nil)
14061 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14064 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14066 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14067 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14068 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14069 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14071 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14073 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14075 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14077 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14079 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14080 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14081 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14083 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14085 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14088 \(fn)" t nil)
14090 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14093 \(fn)" t nil)
14095 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14098 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14099 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14100 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14102 \(fn)" t nil)
14104 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14105 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14107 \(fn)" t nil)
14109 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14110 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14112 \(fn)" t nil)
14114 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14115 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14116 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14117 filter into parts.
14119 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14121 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14123 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14125 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14127 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14128 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14130 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14132 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14133 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14135 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14137 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14138 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14140 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14141 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14142 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14144 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14145 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14146 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14147 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14148 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14152 Default sorting modes are:
14153 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14154 Name - the name of the buffer
14155 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14156 Size - the size of the buffer
14158 \(fn)" t nil)
14160 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14163 \(fn)" t nil)
14164 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14165 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14166 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14167 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14168 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14170 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14171 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14173 \(fn)" t nil)
14175 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14177 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14178 for this Ibuffer session.
14180 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14182 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14183 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14184 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14185 for this Ibuffer session.
14187 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14189 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14190 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14192 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14193 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14195 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14196 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14198 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14200 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14203 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14204 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14206 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14208 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14209 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14211 \(fn)" t nil)
14213 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14214 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14216 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14217 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14218 hidden group filter, open it.
14220 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14221 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14222 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14224 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14226 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14227 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14228 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14229 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14231 \(fn)" t nil)
14233 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14234 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14236 The names are separated by a space.
14237 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14239 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14240 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14241 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14242 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14244 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14248 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14249 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14251 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14253 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14254 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14256 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14258 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14259 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14261 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14263 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14264 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14266 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14268 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14269 Mark all modified buffers.
14271 \(fn)" t nil)
14273 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14274 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14276 \(fn)" t nil)
14278 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14279 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14281 \(fn)" t nil)
14283 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14284 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14286 \(fn)" t nil)
14288 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14289 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14291 \(fn)" t nil)
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14294 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14296 \(fn)" t nil)
14298 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14299 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14301 \(fn)" t nil)
14303 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14304 Mark all read-only buffers.
14306 \(fn)" t nil)
14308 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14309 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14311 \(fn)" t nil)
14313 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14314 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14315 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14316 defaults to one.
14318 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14320 ;;;***
14322 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14323 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18787
14324 ;;;;;; 48914))
14325 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14327 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14328 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14330 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14331 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14332 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14334 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14335 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14336 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14337 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14338 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14339 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14341 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14342 title of the column.
14344 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14345 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14346 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14347 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14348 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14350 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14352 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14353 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14354 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14355 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14356 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14358 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14359 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14360 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14362 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14364 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14365 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14366 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14367 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14368 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14369 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14371 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14372 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14373 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14374 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14375 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14376 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14377 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14378 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14379 values are:
14380 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14381 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14382 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14383 buffer's modification flag.
14384 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14385 prompted before performing this operation.
14386 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14387 operation is complete, in the form:
14388 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14389 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14390 confirmation message, in the form:
14391 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14392 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14393 macro for exactly what it does.
14395 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14397 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14398 Define a filter named NAME.
14399 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14400 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14401 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14403 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14404 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14405 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14406 bound to the current value of the filter.
14408 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14410 ;;;***
14412 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14413 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18853 58440))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14416 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14417 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14418 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14419 buffers which are visiting a file.
14421 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14423 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14424 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14425 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14426 buffers which are visiting a file.
14428 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14430 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14431 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14432 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14434 All arguments are optional.
14435 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14436 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14437 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14438 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14439 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14440 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14441 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14442 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14443 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14444 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14445 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14446 that value locally in this buffer.
14448 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14450 ;;;***
14452 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14453 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14454 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18813 56068))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14457 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14458 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14459 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14460 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14462 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14464 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14465 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14466 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14467 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14468 ICAL-FILENAME.
14469 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14470 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14471 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14473 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14475 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14476 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14477 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14478 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14479 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14480 non-marking or not.
14482 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14484 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14485 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14487 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14488 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14489 DIARY-FILE.
14491 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14492 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14493 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14495 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14496 non-marking.
14498 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14499 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14500 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14502 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14504 ;;;***
14506 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18787
14507 ;;;;;; 48914))
14508 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14510 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14511 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14512 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14514 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14515 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14517 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14519 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14520 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14521 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14522 otherwise turn it off.
14524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14526 ;;;***
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18791 16531))
14529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14531 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14532 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14533 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14534 Tab indents for Icon code.
14535 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14537 \\{icon-mode-map}
14538 Variables controlling indentation style:
14539 icon-tab-always-indent
14540 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14541 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14542 icon-auto-newline
14543 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14544 inserted in Icon code.
14545 icon-indent-level
14546 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14547 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14548 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14549 icon-continued-statement-offset
14550 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14551 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14552 icon-continued-brace-offset
14553 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14554 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14555 icon-brace-offset
14556 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14557 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14558 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14559 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14561 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14562 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14564 \(fn)" t nil)
14566 ;;;***
14568 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14569 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
14570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14572 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14573 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14574 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14575 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14577 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14578 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14579 separate frames.
14581 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14582 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14584 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14585 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14586 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14588 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14590 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14592 ;;;***
14594 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14595 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
14596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14598 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14599 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14601 The main features of this mode are
14603 1. Indentation and Formatting
14604 --------------------------
14605 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14606 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14608 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14609 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14610 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14611 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14613 Comments are indented as follows:
14615 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14616 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14617 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14619 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14621 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14622 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14623 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14624 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14625 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14626 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14628 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14629 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14630 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14631 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14633 2. Routine Info
14634 ------------
14635 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14636 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14637 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14638 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14639 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14640 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14641 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14642 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14643 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14644 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14646 3. Online IDL Help
14647 ---------------
14649 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14650 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14651 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14652 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14654 4. Completion
14655 ----------
14656 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14657 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14658 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14659 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14660 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14661 upper case.
14663 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14664 --------------------------------
14665 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14666 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14668 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14669 \\fu FUNCTION template
14670 \\c CASE statement template
14671 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14672 \\f FOR loop template
14673 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14674 \\w WHILE loop template
14675 \\i IF statement template
14676 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14677 \\b BEGIN
14679 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14680 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14682 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14683 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14684 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14685 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14687 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14688 -------------------------
14689 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14690 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14692 7. Automatic END completion
14693 ------------------------
14694 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14695 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14697 8. Hooks
14698 -----
14699 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14700 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14702 9. Documentation and Customization
14703 -------------------------------
14704 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14705 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14706 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14707 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14708 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14710 10.Keybindings
14711 -----------
14712 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14713 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14714 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14716 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14718 \(fn)" t nil)
14720 ;;;***
14722 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14723 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14724 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14725 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14726 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14727 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14728 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14729 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18787
14730 ;;;;;; 48914))
14731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14733 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14734 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14735 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14736 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14737 displaying...)
14738 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14739 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14740 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14743 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14745 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14747 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14748 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14749 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14750 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14751 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14752 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14753 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14754 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14755 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14759 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14760 Switch to another buffer.
14761 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14762 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14763 in another frame.
14765 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14766 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14767 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14768 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14769 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14771 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14772 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14774 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14775 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14777 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14778 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14779 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14780 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14781 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14782 in a separate window.
14783 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14784 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14785 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14786 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14787 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14788 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14789 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14790 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14791 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14795 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14796 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14797 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14798 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14802 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14803 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14804 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14805 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14807 \(fn)" t nil)
14809 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14810 Kill a buffer.
14811 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14812 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14814 \(fn)" t nil)
14816 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14817 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14818 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14819 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14821 \(fn)" t nil)
14823 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14824 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14825 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14826 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14828 \(fn)" t nil)
14830 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14831 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14833 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14835 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14836 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14837 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14838 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14839 visible in another frame.
14841 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14842 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14843 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14844 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14845 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14846 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14848 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14849 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14851 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14852 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14854 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14855 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14856 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14857 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14858 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14859 in a separate window.
14860 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14861 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14862 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14863 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14864 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14865 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14866 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14867 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14868 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14869 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14870 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14871 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14872 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14873 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14874 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14876 \(fn)" t nil)
14878 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14879 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14880 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14881 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14883 \(fn)" t nil)
14885 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14886 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14890 \(fn)" t nil)
14892 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14893 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14894 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14897 \(fn)" t nil)
14899 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14900 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14901 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14906 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14907 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14908 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14909 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14911 \(fn)" t nil)
14913 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14914 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14915 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14916 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14918 \(fn)" t nil)
14920 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14921 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14922 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14923 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14925 \(fn)" t nil)
14927 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14928 Write current buffer to a file.
14929 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14930 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14932 \(fn)" t nil)
14934 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14935 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14936 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14937 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14939 \(fn)" t nil)
14941 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14942 Call `dired' the ido way.
14943 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14944 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14946 \(fn)" t nil)
14948 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14949 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14950 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14951 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14952 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14953 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14955 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14957 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14958 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14959 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14960 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14962 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14964 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14965 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14966 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14967 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14969 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14971 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14972 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14973 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14974 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14975 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14976 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14977 with `completing-read'.
14978 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14979 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14980 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14981 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14982 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14983 with point positioned at the end.
14984 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14985 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14987 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14989 ;;;***
14991 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18787 48915))
14992 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14993 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14995 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14996 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14997 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14999 \(fn)" t nil)
15001 ;;;***
15003 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15004 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15005 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15007 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15008 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15010 \(fn)" t nil)
15012 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15013 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15017 ;;;***
15019 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15020 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15021 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15022 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15023 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18852 12908))
15024 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15026 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15027 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15028 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15029 be determined.
15031 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15033 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15034 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15035 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15036 be determined.
15038 \(fn)" nil nil)
15040 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15041 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15042 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15043 be determined.
15045 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15047 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15048 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15049 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15050 be determined.
15052 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15054 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15055 Determine and return image type.
15056 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15057 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15058 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15059 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15060 use its file extension as image type.
15061 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15063 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15065 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15066 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15067 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15069 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15071 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15072 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15073 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15075 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15076 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15077 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15078 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15079 must be available.
15081 \(fn)" nil nil)
15083 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15084 Create an image.
15085 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15086 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15087 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15088 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15089 use its file extension as image type.
15090 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15091 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15092 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15093 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15095 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15097 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15098 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15099 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15101 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15103 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15104 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15105 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15106 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15107 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15108 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15109 POS may be an integer or marker.
15110 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15111 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15112 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15113 means display it in the right marginal area.
15115 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15117 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15118 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15119 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15120 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15121 defaulted if you omit it.
15122 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15123 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15124 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15125 means display it in the right marginal area.
15126 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15127 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15128 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15129 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15130 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15132 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15134 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15135 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15136 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15137 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15138 defaulted if you omit it.
15139 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15140 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15141 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15142 means display it in the right marginal area.
15143 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15145 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15147 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15148 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15149 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15150 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15152 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15154 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15155 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15157 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15159 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15160 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15161 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15162 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15163 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15164 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15165 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15166 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15167 satisfied.
15169 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15171 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15173 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15175 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15176 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15178 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15179 documentation string.
15181 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15182 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15183 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15184 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15185 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15186 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15187 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15188 define SYMBOL.
15190 Example:
15192 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15193 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15195 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15197 ;;;***
15199 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15200 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15201 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15202 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15203 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15204 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15205 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15206 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18787 48915))
15207 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15209 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15210 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15212 \(fn)" t nil)
15214 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15215 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15217 Convenience command that:
15219 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15220 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15221 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15223 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15224 image files in dired and type
15225 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15227 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15229 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15230 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15232 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15234 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15235 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15236 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15237 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15238 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15239 another one).
15241 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15242 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15243 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15245 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15246 instead of erasing it first.
15248 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15249 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15250 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15251 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15252 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15253 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15255 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15257 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15258 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15259 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15260 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15261 displayed.
15263 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15265 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15267 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15269 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15270 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15272 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15274 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15275 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15276 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15280 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15281 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15283 \(fn)" t nil)
15285 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15286 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15287 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15288 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15290 \(fn)" t nil)
15292 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15293 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15295 \(fn)" t nil)
15297 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15298 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15300 \(fn)" t nil)
15302 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15303 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15305 \(fn)" t nil)
15307 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15308 Display current image file.
15309 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15310 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15314 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15315 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15317 \(fn)" t nil)
15319 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15320 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15321 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15322 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15323 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15324 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15325 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15327 \(fn)" t nil)
15329 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15330 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15331 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15332 easy-to-use form.
15334 \(fn)" t nil)
15336 ;;;***
15338 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15339 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15340 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18787 48915))
15341 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15343 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15344 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15345 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15346 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15348 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15349 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15350 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15351 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15353 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15355 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15356 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15357 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15358 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15360 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15361 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15362 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15363 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15365 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15367 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15368 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15370 \(fn)" nil nil)
15372 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15373 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15374 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15375 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15377 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15379 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15380 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15381 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15384 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15386 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15388 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15389 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15390 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15391 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15393 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15394 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15395 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15399 ;;;***
15401 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15402 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18837 32920))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15404 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15405 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15406 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15407 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15408 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15409 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15410 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15411 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15412 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15414 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15415 Major mode for image files.
15416 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15417 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15419 \(fn)" t nil)
15421 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15422 Toggle Image minor mode.
15423 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15424 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15428 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15429 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15430 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15431 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15432 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15433 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15435 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15436 information on these modes.
15438 \(fn)" t nil)
15440 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15441 Not documented
15443 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15445 ;;;***
15447 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15448 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18787 48915))
15449 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15451 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15452 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15454 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15456 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15457 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15458 in the buffer.
15460 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15462 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15463 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15464 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15466 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15468 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15469 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15471 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15472 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15473 pattern's structure.
15475 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15476 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15477 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15478 during matching.")
15480 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15482 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15483 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15485 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15486 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15487 called within a `save-excursion'.
15489 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15491 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15493 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15494 Function for finding the next index position.
15496 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15497 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15498 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15499 file.
15501 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15502 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15504 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15506 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15507 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15509 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15510 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15511 It should return the name for that index item.")
15513 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15515 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15516 Function to compare string with index item.
15518 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15519 non-nil if they match.
15521 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15522 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15523 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15524 arguments match\".")
15526 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15528 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15529 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15530 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15532 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15534 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15536 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15538 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15539 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15540 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15541 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15543 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15545 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15546 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15548 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15550 \(fn)" t nil)
15552 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15553 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15554 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15555 for more information.
15557 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15559 ;;;***
15561 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15562 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15563 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18787 48929))
15564 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15566 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15567 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15569 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15571 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15572 Not documented
15574 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15576 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15577 Not documented
15579 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15581 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15582 Not documented
15584 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15586 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15587 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15589 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15591 ;;;***
15593 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15594 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15595 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18787 48934))
15596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15598 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15599 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15600 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15601 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15602 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15604 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15606 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15607 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15609 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15611 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15612 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15613 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15614 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15615 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15616 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15617 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15618 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15620 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15622 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15623 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15624 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15625 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15626 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15628 This variable is only used if the variable
15629 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15631 More precise choices:
15632 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15633 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15634 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15636 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15638 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15640 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15641 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15643 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15644 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15645 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15646 to that buffer.
15647 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15648 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15649 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15650 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15652 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15653 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15655 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15657 ;;;***
15659 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15660 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15661 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15662 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18799 16231))
15663 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15665 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15666 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15668 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15669 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15670 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15672 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15673 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15674 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15675 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15676 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15677 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15678 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15679 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15680 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15681 with the top-level Info directory.
15683 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15684 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15685 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15686 appended to the Info buffer name.
15688 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15689 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15690 in all the directories in that path.
15692 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15694 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15696 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15697 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15699 \(fn)" t nil)
15701 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15702 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15703 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15704 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15706 \(fn)" nil nil)
15708 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15709 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15710 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15711 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15713 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15715 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15716 Go to the Info directory node.
15718 \(fn)" t nil)
15720 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15721 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15722 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15723 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15724 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15725 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15727 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15729 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15730 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15731 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15733 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15735 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15736 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15737 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15738 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15739 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15741 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15742 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15744 Selecting other nodes:
15745 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15746 Follow a node reference you click on.
15747 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15748 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15749 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15750 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15751 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15752 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15753 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15754 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15755 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15756 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15757 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15758 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15759 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15760 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15761 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15762 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15763 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15764 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15765 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15766 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15768 Moving within a node:
15769 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15770 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15771 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15772 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15773 move up to the parent node.
15774 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15775 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15776 if there is none.
15777 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15779 Advanced commands:
15780 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15781 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15782 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15783 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15784 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15785 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15786 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15787 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15788 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15789 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15790 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15791 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15792 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15793 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15794 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15795 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15796 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15798 \(fn)" nil nil)
15799 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15801 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15802 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15803 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15804 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15805 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15806 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15808 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15809 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15811 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15812 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15813 KEY is a string.
15814 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15815 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15816 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15817 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15819 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15821 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15822 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15823 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15825 \(fn)" t nil)
15827 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15828 Not documented
15830 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15832 ;;;***
15834 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15835 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15836 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15837 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15839 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15840 Throw away all cached data.
15841 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15842 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15843 system.
15845 \(fn)" t nil)
15846 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15848 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15849 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15850 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15851 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15852 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15853 one found at point.
15855 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15857 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15858 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15860 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15861 Display the documentation of a file.
15862 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15863 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15864 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15865 The default file name is the one found at point.
15867 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15869 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15871 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15872 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15874 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15876 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15877 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15879 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15881 ;;;***
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15884 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18787 48915))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15887 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15888 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15890 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15892 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15893 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15894 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15896 \(fn)" t nil)
15898 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15899 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15900 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15902 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15903 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15904 quite a while.
15906 \(fn)" t nil)
15908 ;;;***
15910 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15911 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18787 48916))
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15914 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15915 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15917 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15919 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15920 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15922 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15924 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15925 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15926 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15927 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15929 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15930 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15931 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15933 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15934 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15935 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15936 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15938 \(fn)" t nil)
15940 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15941 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15942 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15944 \(fn)" t nil)
15946 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15947 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15948 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15949 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15950 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15952 \(fn)" nil nil)
15954 ;;;***
15956 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15957 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15958 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15959 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15961 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15962 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15964 \(fn)" t nil)
15966 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15967 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15971 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15972 Not documented
15974 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15976 ;;;***
15978 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18791
15979 ;;;;;; 16510))
15980 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15982 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15983 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15984 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15985 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15986 accessed via isearchb.
15988 \(fn)" t nil)
15990 ;;;***
15992 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15993 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15994 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15995 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18787 48928))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15998 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15999 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16000 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16001 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16002 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16004 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16006 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16007 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16008 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16009 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16010 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16012 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16014 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16016 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16017 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16018 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16020 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16022 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16023 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16024 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16025 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16026 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16028 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16030 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16031 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16032 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16033 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16034 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16036 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16038 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16039 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16040 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16041 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16042 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16044 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16046 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16047 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16048 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16049 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16050 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16052 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16054 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16055 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16056 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16061 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16063 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16064 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16066 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16068 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16069 Warn that format is read-only.
16071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16073 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16074 Warn that format is write-only.
16076 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16078 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16079 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16081 \(fn)" t nil)
16083 ;;;***
16085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16086 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16087 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16088 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16089 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16090 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16092 ;;;***
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16095 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16096 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16097 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16098 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18852 12909))
16099 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16100 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16102 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16103 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16104 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16105 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16106 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16108 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16109 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16111 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16112 Key map for ispell menu.")
16114 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16115 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16116 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16117 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16119 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16121 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16123 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16125 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16127 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16128 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16129 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16130 Valid forms include:
16131 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16132 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16133 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16134 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16136 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16137 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16138 First list is used raw.
16139 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16141 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16142 for skipping in latex mode.")
16144 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16145 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16146 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16147 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16148 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16149 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16150 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16152 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16153 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16154 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16155 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16157 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16158 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16159 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16160 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16161 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16163 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16164 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16166 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16167 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16169 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16170 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16172 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16173 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16175 Return values:
16176 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16177 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16178 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16179 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16180 quit spell session exited.
16182 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16184 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16185 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16186 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16188 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16190 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16191 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16193 Selections are:
16195 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16196 SPC: Accept word this time.
16197 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16198 `a': Accept word for this session.
16199 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16200 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16201 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16202 `?': Show these commands.
16203 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16204 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16205 the aborted check to be completed later.
16206 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16207 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16208 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16209 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16210 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16211 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16212 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16214 \(fn)" nil nil)
16216 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16217 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16218 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16220 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16222 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16223 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16224 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16225 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16227 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16229 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16231 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16232 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16233 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16234 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16236 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16238 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16239 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16241 \(fn)" t nil)
16243 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16244 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16246 \(fn)" t nil)
16248 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16249 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16251 \(fn)" t nil)
16253 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16254 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16255 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16256 sequence inside of a word.
16258 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16260 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16262 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16263 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16265 \(fn)" t nil)
16267 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16268 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16269 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16270 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16272 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16273 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16274 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16275 available on the net.
16277 \(fn)" t nil)
16279 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16280 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16281 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16282 otherwise turn it off.
16284 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16285 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16287 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16288 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16292 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16293 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16294 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16295 Don't check included messages.
16297 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16298 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16299 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16301 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16302 in your .emacs file:
16303 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16304 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16305 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16306 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16308 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16309 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16310 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16312 \(fn)" t nil)
16314 ;;;***
16316 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18787
16317 ;;;;;; 48916))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16320 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16321 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16322 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16325 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16327 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16329 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16330 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16331 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16332 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16333 `iswitchb' for details.
16335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16337 ;;;***
16339 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16340 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16341 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16342 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18787 48929))
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16345 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16346 Not documented
16348 \(fn)" nil nil)
16350 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16351 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16352 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16353 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16354 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16355 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16356 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16357 necessary to represent OBJ.
16359 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16361 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16362 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16363 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16364 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16366 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16368 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16369 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16370 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16371 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16372 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16374 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16376 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16378 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16379 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16381 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16383 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16384 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16385 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16386 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16388 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16390 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16391 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16393 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16395 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16396 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16397 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16398 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16399 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16401 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16403 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16404 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16405 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16406 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16407 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16409 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16411 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16412 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16413 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16415 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16417 ;;;***
16419 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16420 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18787 48916))
16421 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16423 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16424 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16425 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16426 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16428 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16429 Not documented
16431 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16433 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16434 Uninstall jka-compr.
16435 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16436 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16437 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16439 \(fn)" nil nil)
16441 ;;;***
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16444 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16445 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16448 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16449 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16450 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16451 decimal key must be specified.")
16453 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16455 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16456 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16457 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16458 decimal key must be specified.")
16460 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16462 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16463 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16464 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16465 decimal key must be specified.")
16467 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16469 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16470 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16471 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16472 decimal key must be specified.")
16474 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16476 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16477 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16478 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16479 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16480 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16481 keys are bound.
16483 Setup Binding
16484 -------------------------------------------------------------
16485 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16486 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16487 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16488 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16489 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16490 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16491 in the global and local keymaps.
16493 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16494 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16496 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16498 ;;;***
16500 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16501 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16504 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16505 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16506 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16508 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16509 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16510 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16511 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16512 shorter.
16514 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16515 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16516 the context of text formatting.
16518 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16520 ;;;***
16522 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18787
16523 ;;;;;; 48928))
16524 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16526 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16527 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16528 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16529 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16530 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16531 positions that contains the current selection.")
16533 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16534 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16535 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16536 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16537 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16538 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16539 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16541 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16543 ;;;***
16545 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16546 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16547 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16548 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18791 16510))
16549 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16550 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16551 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16552 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16553 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16554 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16555 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16556 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16558 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16559 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16561 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16563 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16564 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16565 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16566 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16567 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16569 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16571 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16572 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16573 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16575 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16576 defining the macro.
16578 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16579 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16580 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16582 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16583 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16587 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16588 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16589 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16590 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16591 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16592 under that name.
16594 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16595 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16596 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16600 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16601 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16602 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16604 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16605 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16606 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16607 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16609 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16610 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16612 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16614 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16615 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16616 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16618 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16619 macro.
16621 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16622 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16624 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16625 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16626 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16628 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16629 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16631 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16633 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16634 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16635 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16636 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16638 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16640 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16641 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16642 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16643 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16645 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16646 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16648 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16650 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16651 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16652 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16654 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16656 ;;;***
16658 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16659 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18787 48929))
16660 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16662 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16663 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16664 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16666 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16667 Not documented
16669 \(fn)" nil nil)
16671 ;;;***
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16674 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16677 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16679 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16680 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16682 \(fn)" t nil)
16684 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16686 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16687 Start or resume an Lm game.
16688 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16689 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16691 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16692 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16693 none / 1 | yes | no
16694 2 | yes | yes
16695 3 | no | yes
16696 4 | no | no
16698 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16699 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16700 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16702 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16704 ;;;***
16706 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16707 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16708 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18787 48929))
16709 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16711 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16712 Not documented
16714 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16716 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16717 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16718 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16719 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16720 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16721 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16723 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16724 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16726 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16728 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16729 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16731 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16733 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16734 Not documented
16736 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16738 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16739 Not documented
16741 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16743 ;;;***
16745 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16746 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16747 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18787 48928))
16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16750 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16751 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16752 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16753 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16755 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16757 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16758 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16759 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16761 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16763 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16764 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16765 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16767 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16769 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16770 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16771 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16772 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16774 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16776 ;;;***
16778 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16779 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18787 48928))
16780 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16782 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16783 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16784 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16785 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16786 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16787 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16788 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16789 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16791 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16792 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16795 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16797 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16799 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16800 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16801 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16802 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16803 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16804 `latin1-display-setup'.
16806 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16808 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16809 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16810 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16811 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16814 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16816 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16818 ;;;***
16820 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16821 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
16822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16824 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16826 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16828 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16829 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16831 \(fn)" t nil)
16833 ;;;***
16835 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16836 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
16837 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16839 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16840 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16842 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16843 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16845 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16846 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16848 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16849 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16850 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16851 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16852 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16853 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16854 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16855 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16856 and transmit saved text.
16858 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16859 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16860 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16862 \(fn)" t nil)
16864 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16865 Not documented
16867 \(fn)" nil nil)
16869 ;;;***
16871 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18787 48933))
16872 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16874 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16875 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16876 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16877 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16878 generations (this defaults to 1).
16880 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16882 ;;;***
16884 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16885 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18803 15399))
16886 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16888 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16889 Format used to display line numbers.
16890 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16891 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16892 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16893 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16895 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16897 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16898 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16902 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16903 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16904 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16907 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16909 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16911 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16912 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16913 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16914 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16915 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16919 ;;;***
16921 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18787
16922 ;;;;;; 48916))
16923 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16925 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16926 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16927 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16928 is nil, raise an error.
16930 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16931 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16932 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16933 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16934 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16935 defined by the library.
16937 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16938 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16939 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16940 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16941 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16942 proceeds.
16944 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16945 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16946 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16947 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16949 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16951 ;;;***
16953 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16954 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18787 48916))
16955 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16957 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16958 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16959 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16961 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16963 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16964 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16965 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16966 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16968 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16969 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16970 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16971 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16972 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16973 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16974 the version.)
16976 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16977 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16979 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16980 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16982 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16984 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16986 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16987 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16988 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16989 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16990 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16991 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16992 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16993 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16994 to constrain a big search.
16996 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16998 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16999 except that FILTER is not optional.
17001 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17003 ;;;***
17005 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18787 48916))
17006 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17008 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17009 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17010 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17011 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17012 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17013 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17014 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17015 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17017 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17018 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17019 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17020 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17021 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17023 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17024 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17025 uses the current buffer.
17027 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17029 ;;;***
17031 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18787
17032 ;;;;;; 48916))
17033 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17035 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17036 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17038 \(fn)" t nil)
17040 ;;;***
17042 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18787
17043 ;;;;;; 48916))
17044 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17046 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17047 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17048 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17049 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17050 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17052 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17053 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17054 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17056 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17057 are indicated with a symbol.
17059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17061 ;;;***
17063 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17064 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18787
17065 ;;;;;; 48916))
17066 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17068 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17070 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17072 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17073 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17074 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17076 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17077 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17079 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17080 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17081 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17082 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17083 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17084 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17085 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17087 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17089 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17090 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17091 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17092 switch on this list.
17093 See `lpr-command'.")
17095 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17097 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17098 Name of program for printing a file.
17100 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17101 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17102 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17103 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17104 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17105 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17106 argument.")
17108 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17110 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17111 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17112 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17113 for customization of the printer command.
17115 \(fn)" t nil)
17117 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17118 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17120 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17121 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17122 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17123 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17125 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17126 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17128 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17129 for further customization of the printer command.
17131 \(fn)" t nil)
17133 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17134 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17135 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17136 for customization of the printer command.
17138 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17140 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17141 Paginate and print the region contents.
17143 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17144 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17145 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17146 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17148 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17149 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17151 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17152 for further customization of the printer command.
17154 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17156 ;;;***
17158 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17159 ;;;;;; (18817 3077))
17160 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17162 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17163 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17164 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17166 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17168 ;;;***
17170 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18794
17171 ;;;;;; 5654))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17174 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17175 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17176 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17177 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17181 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17183 ;;;***
17185 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18787
17186 ;;;;;; 48934))
17187 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17189 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17190 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17191 \\{m4-mode-map}
17193 \(fn)" t nil)
17195 ;;;***
17197 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17198 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17201 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17202 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17203 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17204 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17205 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17207 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17209 ;;;***
17211 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17212 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18787 48916))
17213 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17215 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17216 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17217 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17218 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17219 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17221 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17223 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17224 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17225 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17226 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17228 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17229 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17230 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17231 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17232 bindings.
17234 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17235 use this command, and then save the file.
17237 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17239 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17240 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17241 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17242 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17243 each time the macro executes.
17244 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17245 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17246 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17247 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17248 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17249 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17250 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17252 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17254 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17255 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17256 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17257 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17259 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17260 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17261 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17262 execute.
17264 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17265 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17267 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17268 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17269 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17270 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17271 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17273 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17274 looked like this:
17276 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17277 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17278 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17280 You could enter the names in this format:
17286 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17288 \\C-x (
17289 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17290 \\C-x )
17292 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17293 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17295 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17296 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17298 ;;;***
17300 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17301 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18787 48929))
17302 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17304 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17305 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17306 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17307 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17308 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17309 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17311 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17312 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17313 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17314 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17315 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17317 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17318 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17319 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17320 consing a string.)
17322 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17324 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17325 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17327 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17329 ;;;***
17331 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17332 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17333 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
17334 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17336 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17337 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17339 \(fn)" nil nil)
17341 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17342 Not documented
17344 \(fn)" nil nil)
17346 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17347 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17349 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17351 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17352 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17353 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17354 message.
17356 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17358 \(fn)" nil nil)
17360 ;;;***
17362 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17363 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17364 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
17365 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
17366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17368 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17369 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17370 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17371 often correct parser.")
17373 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17375 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17376 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17378 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17380 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17381 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17382 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17383 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17385 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17387 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17388 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17389 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17390 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17392 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17394 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17395 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17396 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17397 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17399 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17401 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17402 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17403 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17404 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17405 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17406 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17407 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17408 as Rmail does.
17410 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17412 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17413 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17414 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17415 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17416 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17417 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17418 matches may be returned from the message body.
17420 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17422 ;;;***
17424 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17425 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18791
17426 ;;;;;; 16525))
17427 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17429 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17430 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17431 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17432 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17433 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17434 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17436 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17438 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17439 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17443 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17444 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17446 \(fn)" nil nil)
17448 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17449 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17450 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17452 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17454 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17455 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17456 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17458 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17459 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17460 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17461 double-quotes.
17463 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17465 ;;;***
17467 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17468 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18787
17469 ;;;;;; 48929))
17470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17472 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17473 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17474 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17475 king@grassland.com
17476 If `parens', they look like:
17477 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17478 If `angles', they look like:
17479 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17481 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17483 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17484 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17485 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17486 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17487 their `Resent-' variants.
17489 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17490 removed from alias expansions.
17492 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17494 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17495 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17496 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17498 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17499 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17500 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17501 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17503 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17505 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17506 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17507 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17508 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17510 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17512 ;;;***
17514 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17515 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
17516 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17518 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17519 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17520 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17521 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17523 \(fn)" nil nil)
17525 ;;;***
17527 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17528 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17529 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18787 48934))
17530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17532 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17533 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17535 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17536 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17537 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17538 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17539 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17540 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17542 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17543 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17544 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17545 dependency, despite the colon.
17547 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17549 In the browser, use the following keys:
17551 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17553 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17555 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17556 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17558 `makefile-target-colon':
17559 The string that gets appended to all target names
17560 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17561 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17563 `makefile-macro-assign':
17564 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17565 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17566 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17567 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17568 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17569 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17571 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17572 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17573 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17575 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17576 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17578 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17579 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17580 up or down in the browser.
17582 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17583 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17585 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17586 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17588 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17589 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17590 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17591 has been selected in the browser.
17593 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17594 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17595 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17596 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17597 filenames are omitted.
17599 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17600 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17601 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17602 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17603 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17604 the backslash itself intact.
17605 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17606 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17608 `makefile-browser-hook':
17609 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17610 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17612 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17613 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17614 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17615 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17617 \(fn)" t nil)
17619 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17620 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17622 \(fn)" t nil)
17624 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17625 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17627 \(fn)" t nil)
17629 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17630 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17632 \(fn)" t nil)
17634 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17635 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17637 \(fn)" t nil)
17639 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17640 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17642 \(fn)" t nil)
17644 ;;;***
17646 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18787
17647 ;;;;;; 48916))
17648 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17650 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17651 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17652 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17654 \(fn)" t nil)
17656 ;;;***
17658 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18787 48916))
17659 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17661 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17663 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17664 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17665 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17666 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17667 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17668 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17669 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17671 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17672 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17673 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17674 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17676 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17678 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17679 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17681 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17683 ;;;***
17685 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18787 48916))
17686 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17688 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17689 Toggle Master mode.
17690 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17691 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17692 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17694 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17695 following commands:
17697 \\{master-mode-map}
17699 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17700 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17701 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17705 ;;;***
17707 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17708 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
17709 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17711 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17712 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17713 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17716 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17718 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17720 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17721 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17722 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17723 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17724 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17726 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17727 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17731 ;;;***
17733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18799 16231))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17736 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17738 ;;;***
17740 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17741 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17742 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17743 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17744 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17745 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17746 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18844 39826))
17747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17749 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17751 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17752 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17753 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17754 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17755 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17756 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17757 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17758 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17759 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17760 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17761 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17762 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17763 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17764 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17765 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17766 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17767 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17768 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17769 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17770 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17771 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17772 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17773 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17774 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17775 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17776 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17777 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17778 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17779 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17780 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17781 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17782 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17783 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17784 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17785 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17786 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17787 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17788 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17790 \(fn)" t nil)
17792 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17793 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17794 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17795 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17796 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17798 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17800 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17801 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17803 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17805 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17806 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17808 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17810 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17811 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17813 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17815 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17816 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17817 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17819 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17821 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17822 Cancel an article you posted.
17823 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17827 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17828 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17829 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17830 header line with the old Message-ID.
17832 \(fn)" t nil)
17834 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17835 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17837 \(fn)" t nil)
17839 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17840 Forward the current message via mail.
17841 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17842 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17844 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17846 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17847 Not documented
17849 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17851 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17852 Not documented
17854 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17856 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17857 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17859 \(fn)" t nil)
17861 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17862 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17864 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17866 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17867 Re-mail the current message.
17868 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17869 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17870 you.
17872 \(fn)" t nil)
17874 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17875 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17877 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17879 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17880 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17882 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17884 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17885 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17887 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17889 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17890 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17892 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17894 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17895 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17896 Works by overstriking characters.
17897 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17898 which specify the range to operate on.
17900 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17902 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17903 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17904 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17905 which specify the range to operate on.
17907 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17909 ;;;***
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17912 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17915 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17916 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17917 Special commands:
17918 \\{meta-mode-map}
17920 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17921 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17923 \(fn)" t nil)
17925 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17926 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17927 Special commands:
17928 \\{meta-mode-map}
17930 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17931 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17933 \(fn)" t nil)
17935 ;;;***
17937 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17938 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17939 ;;;;;; (18829 2708))
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17942 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17943 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17944 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17946 \(fn)" t nil)
17948 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17949 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17950 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17951 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17952 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17953 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17954 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17956 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17958 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17959 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17960 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17961 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17962 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17963 means current).
17964 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17965 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17967 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17969 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17970 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17971 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17972 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17973 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17974 means current).
17975 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17976 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17978 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17980 ;;;***
17982 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17983 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17984 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18813 56068))
17985 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17987 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17988 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17989 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17991 \(fn)" t nil)
17993 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17994 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17995 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17997 \(fn)" t nil)
17999 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18000 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18002 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18003 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18004 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18006 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18007 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18009 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18010 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18012 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18014 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18016 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18017 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18018 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18019 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18020 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18021 as `compose-mail'.
18023 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18024 initial Subject field, respectively.
18026 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18027 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18028 are strings.
18030 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18031 ignored.
18033 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18035 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18036 Save draft and send message.
18038 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18039 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18040 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18041 Mail Delivery*\".
18043 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18044 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18045 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18047 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18048 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18049 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18050 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18051 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18052 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18054 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18055 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18057 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18058 message and scan line.
18060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18062 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18063 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18065 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18066 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18067 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18068 delete the draft message.
18070 \(fn)" t nil)
18072 ;;;***
18074 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18815 6890))
18075 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18077 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18079 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18081 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18083 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18084 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18086 \(fn)" t nil)
18088 ;;;***
18090 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18091 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18813 56068))
18092 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18094 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18095 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18096 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18098 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18099 the MH mail system.
18101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18103 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18104 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18105 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18107 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18108 the MH mail system.
18110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18112 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18113 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18115 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18116 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18117 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18118 separate command.
18120 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18121 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18122 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18123 format.
18125 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18127 Ranges
18128 ======
18129 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18130 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18131 can be used in several ways.
18133 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18134 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18135 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18136 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18137 page):
18139 <num1>-<num2>
18140 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18141 The range must be nonempty.
18143 <num>:N
18144 <num>:+N
18145 <num>:-N
18146 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18147 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18148 last.
18150 first:N
18151 prev:N
18152 next:N
18153 last:N
18154 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18157 All of the messages.
18159 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18160 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18162 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18163 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18164 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18166 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18168 \(fn)" t nil)
18170 ;;;***
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18173 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18787 48916))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18176 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18177 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18178 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18179 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18180 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18181 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18182 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18183 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18184 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18185 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18186 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18188 \(fn)" t nil)
18190 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18191 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18192 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18193 to its second argument TM.
18195 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18197 ;;;***
18199 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18200 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18787 48916))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18203 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18204 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18205 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18208 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18210 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18212 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18213 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18214 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18215 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18216 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18217 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18218 default indication.
18220 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18221 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18225 ;;;***
18227 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (18787 48917))
18228 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18230 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18231 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18232 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18233 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18234 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18235 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18236 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18237 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18238 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18240 \(fn)" t nil)
18242 ;;;***
18244 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18245 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18246 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18787 48917))
18247 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18248 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18250 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18251 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18253 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18254 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18255 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18256 next occurrence.
18258 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18259 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18260 end of the search space).
18262 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18263 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18264 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18265 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18266 should return the previous buffer to search.
18268 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18269 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18270 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18272 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18273 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18274 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18275 Isearch starts.")
18277 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18278 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18279 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18281 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18282 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18283 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18285 \(fn)" nil nil)
18287 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18288 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18290 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18292 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18293 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18295 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18297 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18298 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18300 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18302 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18303 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18305 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18307 ;;;***
18309 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18310 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18313 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18314 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18315 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18317 \(fn)" t nil)
18319 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18321 ;;;***
18323 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18324 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18787 48926))
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18327 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18328 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18330 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18332 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18333 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18334 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18335 the entire message.
18336 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18338 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18340 ;;;***
18342 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18343 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
18344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18346 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18347 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18348 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18349 the entire message.
18350 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18352 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18354 ;;;***
18356 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18357 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18791 16521))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18360 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18361 Insert file contents of URL.
18362 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18364 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18366 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18367 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18369 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18371 ;;;***
18373 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18374 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18787 48926))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18377 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18378 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18379 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18380 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18381 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18383 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18385 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18386 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18387 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18389 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18391 ;;;***
18393 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18394 ;;;;;; (18791 16522))
18395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18397 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18398 Not documented
18400 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18402 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18403 Not documented
18405 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18407 ;;;***
18409 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18410 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18411 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18787 48926))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18414 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18415 Not documented
18417 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18419 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18420 Not documented
18422 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18424 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18425 Not documented
18427 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18429 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18430 Not documented
18432 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18434 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18435 Not documented
18437 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18439 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18440 Not documented
18442 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18444 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18445 Not documented
18447 \(fn)" nil nil)
18449 ;;;***
18451 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18452 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18455 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18456 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18457 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18458 followed by the first character of the construct.
18459 \\<m2-mode-map>
18460 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18461 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18462 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18463 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18464 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18465 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18466 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18467 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18468 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18469 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18470 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18471 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18472 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18473 \\[m2-link] link
18475 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18476 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18477 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18479 \(fn)" t nil)
18481 ;;;***
18483 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18484 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
18485 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18487 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18488 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18490 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18492 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18493 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18495 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18497 ;;;***
18499 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18500 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18787 48917))
18501 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18503 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18504 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18506 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18507 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18508 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18510 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18511 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18512 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18514 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18515 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18517 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18518 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18519 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18520 hemisphere you're in.)
18522 To test this function, evaluate:
18523 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18525 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18527 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18528 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18530 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18531 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18533 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18534 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18535 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18537 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18538 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18540 To test this function, evaluate:
18541 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18543 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18545 ;;;***
18547 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18787
18548 ;;;;;; 48917))
18549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18551 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18552 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18553 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18555 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18556 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18558 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18560 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18561 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18562 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18563 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18565 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18567 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18569 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18571 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18572 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18573 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18574 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18575 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18576 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18578 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18579 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18580 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18581 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18582 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18584 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18585 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18587 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18588 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18590 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18592 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18593 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18594 primary selection and region.
18596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18598 ;;;***
18600 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18791 16529))
18601 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18603 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18604 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18606 \(fn)" t nil)
18608 ;;;***
18610 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18787 48917))
18611 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18613 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18614 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18615 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18618 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18620 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18622 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18623 Toggle Msb mode.
18624 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18625 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18626 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18630 ;;;***
18632 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18633 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18634 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18635 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18636 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18637 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
18638 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18640 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18641 Display a list of all character sets.
18643 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18644 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18645 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18646 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18648 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18649 but still shows the full information.
18651 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18653 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18654 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18655 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18657 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18658 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18659 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18660 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18661 meanings of these arguments.
18663 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18665 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18666 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18668 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18670 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18671 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18673 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18675 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18676 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18678 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18680 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18681 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18683 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18684 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18685 in place of `..':
18686 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18687 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18688 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18689 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18690 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18691 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18692 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18693 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18694 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18695 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18696 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18697 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18698 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18699 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18700 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18701 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18703 \(fn)" t nil)
18705 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18706 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18708 \(fn)" t nil)
18710 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18711 Display a list of all coding systems.
18712 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18714 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18715 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18719 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18720 Display a list of all coding categories.
18722 \(fn)" nil nil)
18724 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18725 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18726 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18728 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18730 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display information about FONTSET.
18732 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18734 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18736 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18737 Display a list of all fontsets.
18738 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18739 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18740 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18742 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18744 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display information about all input methods.
18747 \(fn)" t nil)
18749 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18750 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18752 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18753 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18754 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18755 system which uses fontsets).
18757 \(fn)" t nil)
18759 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18760 Show log of font listing and opening.
18761 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18762 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18764 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18766 ;;;***
18768 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18769 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18770 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18771 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18772 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18773 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18787 48928))
18774 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18776 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18777 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18778 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18780 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18782 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18784 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18785 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18787 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18788 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18790 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18791 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18793 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18795 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18796 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18797 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18798 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18799 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18800 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18801 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18803 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18804 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18805 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18806 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18807 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18808 middle of a character in STR.
18810 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18811 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18813 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18814 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18815 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18816 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18817 defaults to \"...\".
18819 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18821 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18822 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18824 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18825 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18826 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18828 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18829 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18830 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18832 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18833 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18834 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18835 are considered.
18836 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18837 longer than KEYSEQ.
18838 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18840 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18842 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18843 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18844 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18845 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18846 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18847 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18848 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18849 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18850 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18851 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18852 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18854 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18856 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18857 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18859 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18861 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18862 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18864 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18866 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18867 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18869 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18871 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18872 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18874 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18876 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18877 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18878 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18879 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18880 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18882 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18884 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18885 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18886 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18887 coding systems ordered by priority.
18889 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18891 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18892 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18893 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18894 language environment LANG-ENV.
18896 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18898 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18899 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18900 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18901 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18902 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18903 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18905 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18907 ;;;***
18909 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18910 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
18911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18913 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18914 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18915 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18918 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18920 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18922 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18923 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18924 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18925 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18929 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18930 Enable mouse wheel support.
18932 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18934 ;;;***
18936 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18937 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18938 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18939 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18787 48930))
18940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18942 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18943 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18945 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18947 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18948 Ping HOST.
18949 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18950 `ping-program-options'.
18952 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18954 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18955 Run ifconfig program.
18957 \(fn)" t nil)
18959 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18961 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18962 Run iwconfig program.
18964 \(fn)" t nil)
18966 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18967 Run netstat program.
18969 \(fn)" t nil)
18971 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18972 Run arp program.
18974 \(fn)" t nil)
18976 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18977 Run route program.
18979 \(fn)" t nil)
18981 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18982 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18984 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18986 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18987 Run nslookup program.
18989 \(fn)" t nil)
18991 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18992 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18994 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18996 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18997 Run dig program.
18999 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19001 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19002 Run ftp program.
19004 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19006 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19007 Finger USER on HOST.
19009 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19011 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19012 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19013 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19014 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19016 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19018 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19019 Not documented
19021 \(fn)" t nil)
19023 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19024 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19026 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19028 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19029 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19031 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19033 ;;;***
19035 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19036 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19037 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19038 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19039 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19040 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18787 48917))
19041 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19043 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19045 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19047 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19049 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19051 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19052 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19053 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19054 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19055 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19056 Major modes should set this variable.")
19058 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19059 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19060 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19061 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19062 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19063 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19065 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19066 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19068 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19069 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19070 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19072 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19073 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19074 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19075 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19076 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19078 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19079 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19080 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19082 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19083 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19084 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19085 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19087 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19088 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19089 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19090 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19091 column indentation or nil.
19092 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19094 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19095 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19096 The function has no args.
19098 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19099 comments always start in column zero.")
19101 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19102 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19103 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19105 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19107 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19108 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19109 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19110 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19112 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19113 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19115 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19117 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19118 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19119 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19120 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19121 customize this variable.
19123 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19124 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19126 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19128 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19129 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19130 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19131 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19132 the variables are properly set.
19134 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19136 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19137 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19139 \(fn)" nil nil)
19141 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19142 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19143 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19145 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19147 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19148 Set the comment column based on point.
19149 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19150 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19151 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19152 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19154 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19156 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19157 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19158 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19162 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19163 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19164 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19165 comment markers.
19167 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19169 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19170 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19171 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19172 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19173 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19174 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19175 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19176 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19178 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19179 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19181 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19183 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19184 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19185 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19186 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19188 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19190 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19191 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19192 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19193 is passed on to the respective function.
19195 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19197 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19198 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19199 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19200 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19201 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19202 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19203 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19204 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19205 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19206 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19208 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19210 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19211 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19212 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19214 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19216 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19217 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19218 This indents the body of the continued comment
19219 under the previous comment line.
19221 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19222 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19223 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19225 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19226 or comment indentation.
19228 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19229 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19231 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19233 ;;;***
19235 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19236 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18810 5074))
19237 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19239 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19240 Check whether newsticker is running.
19241 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19242 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19244 \(fn)" nil nil)
19246 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19247 Start the newsticker.
19248 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19249 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19250 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19251 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19253 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19255 ;;;***
19257 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19258 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19261 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19262 Start newsticker plainview.
19264 \(fn)" t nil)
19266 ;;;***
19268 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19269 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19272 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19273 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19275 \(fn)" t nil)
19277 ;;;***
19279 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19280 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18787 48930))
19281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19283 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19284 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19285 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19286 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19287 empty.
19289 \(fn)" nil nil)
19291 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19292 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19293 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19294 running already.
19296 \(fn)" t nil)
19298 ;;;***
19300 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19301 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
19302 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19304 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19305 Start newsticker treeview.
19307 \(fn)" t nil)
19309 ;;;***
19311 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19312 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19315 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19316 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19318 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19320 ;;;***
19322 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18787
19323 ;;;;;; 48926))
19324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19326 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19327 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19328 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19329 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19330 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19331 symbol in the alist.
19333 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19335 ;;;***
19337 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19338 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19341 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19342 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19343 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19345 \(fn)" t nil)
19347 ;;;***
19349 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19350 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19353 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19354 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19355 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19357 \(fn)" t nil)
19359 ;;;***
19361 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19362 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19365 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19366 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19368 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19370 ;;;***
19372 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19373 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18787 48927))
19374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19376 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19377 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19379 \(fn)" t nil)
19381 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19382 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19384 \(fn)" t nil)
19386 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19387 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19389 \(fn)" t nil)
19391 ;;;***
19393 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19394 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18787 48917))
19395 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19397 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19398 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19399 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19401 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19403 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19404 Not documented
19406 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19408 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19409 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19410 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19411 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19412 to future sessions.
19414 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19416 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19417 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19418 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19419 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19420 to future sessions.
19422 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19424 ;;;***
19426 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19427 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
19428 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19430 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19431 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19432 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19433 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19434 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19435 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19437 \(fn)" t nil)
19439 ;;;***
19441 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19442 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
19443 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19445 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19446 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19447 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19448 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19450 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19452 ;;;***
19454 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18787
19455 ;;;;;; 48931))
19456 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19458 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19459 Major mode for editing XML.
19461 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19462 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19463 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19464 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19465 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19466 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19467 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19469 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19471 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19472 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19474 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19475 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19476 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19477 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19478 instead of C-c.
19480 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19481 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19482 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19483 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19484 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19485 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19487 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19488 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19489 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19491 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19492 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19493 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19495 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19496 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19497 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19498 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19499 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19500 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19501 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19502 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19503 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19505 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19507 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19508 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19510 \(fn)" t nil)
19512 ;;;***
19514 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19515 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18787 48931))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19518 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19519 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19520 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19521 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19523 \(fn)" t nil)
19525 ;;;***
19527 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19528 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
19529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19531 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19532 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19533 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19535 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19537 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19538 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19540 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19541 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19542 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19546 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19548 ;;;***
19550 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19551 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
19552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19554 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19555 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19557 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19558 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19559 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19560 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19562 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19563 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19564 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19565 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19566 is why you need this mode!).
19568 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19569 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19570 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19572 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19574 Keybindings
19575 ===========
19577 \\{octave-mode-map}
19579 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19580 ==============================================
19582 `octave-auto-indent'
19583 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19584 Default is nil.
19586 `octave-auto-newline'
19587 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19588 Default is nil.
19590 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19591 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19592 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19594 `octave-block-offset'
19595 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19596 Default is 2.
19598 `octave-continuation-offset'
19599 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19600 Default is 4.
19602 `octave-continuation-string'
19603 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19604 Default is a backslash.
19606 `octave-send-echo-input'
19607 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19608 command to the inferior Octave process.
19610 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19611 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19612 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19614 `octave-send-echo-input'
19615 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19617 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19619 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19620 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19622 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19624 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19625 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19627 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19628 (lambda ()
19629 (abbrev-mode 1)
19630 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19632 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19633 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19634 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19635 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19637 \(fn)" t nil)
19639 ;;;***
19641 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19642 ;;;;;; org-ido-switchb org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string
19643 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19644 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19645 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19646 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18846 51310))
19647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19649 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19650 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19651 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19653 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19654 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19655 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19656 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19657 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19658 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19659 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19660 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19661 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19662 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19664 The following commands are available:
19666 \\{org-mode-map}
19668 \(fn)" t nil)
19670 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19671 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19673 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19674 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19675 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19676 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19677 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19678 When called with two C-u C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19679 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19680 properties in the buffer.
19681 When called with three C-u C-u C-u prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19682 including drawers.
19684 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19685 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19686 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19687 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19688 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19689 and zoom in further.
19690 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19692 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19693 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19694 is negative, go up that many levels.
19696 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19697 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19698 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19700 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19701 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19702 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19706 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19707 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19708 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19709 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19713 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19714 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19715 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19716 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19717 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19718 of Org-mode).
19720 M-up Move entry/item up
19721 M-down Move entry/item down
19722 M-left Promote
19723 M-right Demote
19724 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19725 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19726 M-S-left Promote subtree
19727 M-S-right Demote subtree
19728 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19729 C-c ^ Sort entries
19730 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19731 TAB Cycle item visibility
19732 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19733 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19734 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19738 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19739 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19741 \(fn)" nil nil)
19743 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19744 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19745 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19746 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19747 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19749 \(fn)" nil nil)
19751 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19752 Not documented
19754 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19756 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19757 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19758 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19759 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19761 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19762 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19763 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19765 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19767 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19768 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19769 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19771 \(fn)" t nil)
19773 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19774 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19775 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19776 Org-mode syntax.
19778 \(fn)" t nil)
19780 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19781 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19783 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19785 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19786 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19788 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19789 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19790 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19791 returned as a list.
19793 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19794 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19795 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19796 visited by the iteration.
19798 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19800 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19801 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19802 file The current buffer, without restriction
19803 file-with-archives
19804 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19805 agenda All agenda files
19806 agenda-with-archives
19807 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19808 \(file1 file2 ...)
19809 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19811 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19812 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19814 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19815 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19816 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19817 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19818 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19819 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19820 function leaves it.
19822 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19824 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19825 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19826 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19827 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19829 Due to some yet unresolved reason, the global function
19830 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19834 (autoload 'org-ido-switchb "org" "\
19835 Use `org-ido-completing-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19836 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19837 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19841 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19842 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19843 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19844 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19846 \(fn)" t nil)
19848 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19849 Not documented
19851 \(fn)" t nil)
19853 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19854 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19856 \(fn)" t nil)
19858 ;;;***
19860 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19861 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19862 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19863 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19864 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18825 40644))
19865 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19867 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19868 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19869 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19870 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19872 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19873 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19874 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19875 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19876 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19877 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19878 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19879 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19880 e Export views to associated files.
19882 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19883 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19884 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19886 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19887 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19888 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19889 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19890 \(if active).
19892 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19894 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19895 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19896 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19897 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19898 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19899 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19900 before running the agenda command.
19902 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19904 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19905 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19906 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19907 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19908 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19909 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19910 before running the agenda command.
19912 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19913 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19915 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19917 category The category of the item
19918 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19919 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19920 todo selected in TODO match
19921 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19922 diary imported from diary
19923 deadline a deadline on given date
19924 scheduled scheduled on given date
19925 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19926 closed entry was closed on given date
19927 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19928 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19929 block entry has date block including g. date
19930 todo The todo keyword, if any
19931 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19932 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19933 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19934 extra Sting with extra planning info
19935 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19936 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19937 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19939 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19941 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19942 Not documented
19944 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19946 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19947 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19949 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19951 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19952 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19953 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19954 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19956 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19957 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19958 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19959 agenda instead.
19961 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19962 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19963 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19965 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19966 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19968 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19970 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19971 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19972 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19973 search only the headlines.
19975 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19976 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19977 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19978 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19979 EDIT-AT.
19981 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19982 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19983 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19984 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19985 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19987 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19988 that must or must not match in the entry.
19990 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19991 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19992 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19993 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19995 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19996 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19998 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20000 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20001 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20002 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20003 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20004 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20005 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20009 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20010 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20011 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20013 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20016 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20017 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20018 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20019 `org-stuck-projects'.
20020 MATCH is being ignored.
20022 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20024 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20025 Return diary information from org-files.
20026 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20027 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20028 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20029 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20031 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20032 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20033 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20035 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20037 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20038 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20039 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20040 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20042 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20043 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20044 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20046 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20047 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20048 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20049 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20051 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20053 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20055 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20056 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20058 &%%(org-diary)
20060 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20061 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20062 So the example above may also be written as
20064 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20066 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20067 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20068 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20070 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20072 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20073 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
20075 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20077 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20078 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20079 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20081 \(fn)" t nil)
20083 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20084 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20085 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20086 appointments.
20088 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20089 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20091 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20092 for filtering entries out.
20094 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20095 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20097 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20098 (category \"Work\"))
20100 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20101 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20103 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20105 ;;;***
20107 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (18825
20108 ;;;;;; 40644))
20109 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20111 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20112 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20113 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20115 \(fn)" t nil)
20117 ;;;***
20119 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20120 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20121 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20123 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20124 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20126 \(fn)" nil nil)
20128 ;;;***
20130 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20131 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (18825 40644))
20132 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20134 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20135 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20136 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20137 fontified, and then returned.
20139 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20141 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20142 Set up hooks for clock persistence
20144 \(fn)" nil nil)
20146 ;;;***
20148 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20149 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20150 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20151 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20152 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20153 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20154 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18829 2709))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20157 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20159 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20161 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20163 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20164 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20165 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20166 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20167 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20169 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20170 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20171 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20175 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20176 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20177 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20178 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20179 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20181 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20183 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20184 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20185 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20186 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20187 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20188 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20189 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20190 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20191 command.
20193 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20195 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20196 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20198 \(fn)" t nil)
20200 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20201 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20202 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20203 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20204 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20206 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20208 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20209 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20210 emacs --batch
20211 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20212 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20213 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20215 \(fn)" nil nil)
20217 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20218 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20219 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20221 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20223 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20224 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20225 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20226 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20227 command to convert it.
20229 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20231 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20232 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20233 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20234 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20235 cut-and-paste operations.
20236 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20237 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20238 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20239 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20241 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20243 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20244 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20246 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20248 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20249 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20250 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20251 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20252 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20253 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20254 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20255 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20256 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20257 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20258 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20259 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20260 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20261 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20262 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20264 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20266 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20267 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20268 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20269 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20270 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20271 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20272 need into your CSS file.
20274 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20275 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20276 that uses these same face definitions.
20278 \(fn)" t nil)
20280 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20281 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20282 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20283 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20285 \(fn)" t nil)
20287 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20288 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20289 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20290 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20292 \(fn)" t nil)
20294 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20295 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20296 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20298 \(fn)" t nil)
20300 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20301 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20302 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20304 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20306 ;;;***
20308 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20309 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20310 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20311 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20312 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20314 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20315 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20316 For example:
20318 emacs --batch
20319 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20320 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20321 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20323 \(fn)" nil nil)
20325 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20326 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20327 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20329 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20331 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20332 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20333 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20334 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20335 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20336 then use this command to convert it.
20338 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20340 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20341 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20342 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20343 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20344 cut-and-paste operations.
20345 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20346 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20347 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20348 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20350 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20352 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20353 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20355 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20357 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20358 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20359 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20360 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20361 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20362 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20363 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20364 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20365 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20366 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20367 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20368 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20369 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20370 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20371 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20372 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20373 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20375 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20377 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-export-latex" "\
20378 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20380 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20382 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-export-latex" "\
20383 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20385 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20387 ;;;***
20389 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20390 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (18836 39031))
20391 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20393 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20394 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20395 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20396 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
20397 create a new footnote, interactively.
20398 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20400 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20402 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20403 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20404 This find the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20405 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20406 Org-mode exporters.
20407 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20408 referenced sequence.
20410 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20412 ;;;***
20414 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20415 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20416 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18825 40644))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20419 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20420 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20421 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20422 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20424 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20426 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20427 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20428 Create an ID if necessary.
20430 \(fn)" t nil)
20432 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20433 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20434 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20435 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20436 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20437 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20438 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20440 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20442 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20443 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20444 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20445 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20446 eligible.
20447 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20449 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20451 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20452 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20453 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20454 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20456 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20458 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20459 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20460 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20462 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20464 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20465 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20466 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20467 if there is no entry with that ID.
20468 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20470 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20472 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20473 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20475 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20477 ;;;***
20479 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20480 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20481 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20483 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20484 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20488 ;;;***
20490 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20491 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20492 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20494 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20495 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20496 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20497 line directly before or after the table.
20499 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20501 ;;;***
20503 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20504 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20505 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20506 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20508 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20510 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20511 Publish PROJECT.
20513 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20515 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20516 Publish all projects.
20517 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20519 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20521 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20522 Publish the current file.
20523 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20525 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20527 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20528 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20529 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20530 the project.
20532 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20534 ;;;***
20536 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20537 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20538 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18846 51310))
20539 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20541 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20542 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20546 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20547 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20548 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20549 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20550 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20552 \(fn)" nil nil)
20554 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20555 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20556 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20557 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20559 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20561 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20562 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20563 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20564 of the remember buffer.
20566 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20567 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20568 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20569 note stored by remember.
20571 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20572 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20574 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20576 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20577 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20578 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20579 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20580 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20582 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20583 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
20584 process is used to select the target location.
20586 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
20587 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20589 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
20590 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20591 currently running.
20593 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
20594 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
20595 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20597 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20598 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20599 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20600 some additional data.
20602 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20603 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20604 \(i.e. after the stars).
20606 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20608 \(fn)" nil nil)
20610 ;;;***
20612 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20613 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (18825 40644))
20614 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20616 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20617 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20619 \(fn)" nil nil)
20621 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20622 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20626 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20627 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20628 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20629 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20630 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20632 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20634 ;;;***
20636 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20637 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20638 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20639 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20641 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20642 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20643 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20644 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20645 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20646 without user interaction.
20647 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20648 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20649 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20650 the region 0:00:00.
20652 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20654 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20655 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20656 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20657 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
20658 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
20659 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20660 that was not started at the correct moment.
20662 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20664 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20665 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20667 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20669 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20670 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20674 ;;;***
20676 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20677 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20679 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20681 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20682 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20683 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20684 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20686 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20687 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20688 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20689 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20691 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20692 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20693 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20694 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20695 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20696 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20698 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20699 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20700 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20702 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20703 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20704 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20705 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20706 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20707 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20708 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20709 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20710 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20711 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20712 The subheadings remain visible.
20713 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20715 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20716 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20717 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20719 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20720 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20722 \(fn)" t nil)
20724 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20725 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20726 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20727 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20731 ;;;***
20733 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18787 48917))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20736 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20737 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20738 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20740 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20741 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20743 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20745 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20746 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20747 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20748 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20750 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20751 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20755 ;;;***
20757 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20758 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
20759 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20761 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20762 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20763 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20764 unknown are returned as nil.
20766 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20768 ;;;***
20770 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18791
20771 ;;;;;; 16532))
20772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20774 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20775 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20776 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20778 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20779 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20781 Other useful functions are:
20783 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20784 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20785 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20786 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20787 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20788 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20789 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20790 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20791 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20793 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20795 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20796 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20797 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20798 Indentation for case statements.
20799 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20800 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20801 mark after an end.
20802 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20803 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20804 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20805 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20806 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20807 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20808 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20809 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20810 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20811 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20813 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20814 pascal-separator-keywords.
20816 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20817 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20819 \(fn)" t nil)
20821 ;;;***
20823 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20824 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
20825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20827 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20828 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20829 The keys affected are:
20830 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20831 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20832 M-Backspace does undo.
20833 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20834 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20835 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20837 \(fn)" t nil)
20839 ;;;***
20841 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20842 ;;;;;; (18807 64495))
20843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20845 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20846 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20847 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20850 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20852 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20854 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20855 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20857 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20859 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20860 which modify the status of the mark.
20862 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20863 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20865 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20866 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20868 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20869 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20870 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20871 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20872 turning PC Selection mode on.
20874 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20875 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20877 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20878 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20879 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20881 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20882 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20883 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20885 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20886 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20888 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20889 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20890 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20892 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20893 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20894 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20896 F6 other-window
20897 DELETE delete-char
20898 C-DELETE kill-line
20899 M-DELETE kill-word
20900 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20901 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20902 M-BACKSPACE undo
20904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20906 ;;;***
20908 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18787
20909 ;;;;;; 48917))
20910 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20912 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20913 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20915 \(fn)" nil nil)
20917 ;;;***
20919 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20920 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18787 48917))
20921 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20923 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20924 Completion for `gzip'.
20926 \(fn)" nil nil)
20928 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20929 Completion for `bzip2'.
20931 \(fn)" nil nil)
20933 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20934 Completion for GNU `make'.
20936 \(fn)" nil nil)
20938 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20939 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20941 \(fn)" nil nil)
20943 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20945 ;;;***
20947 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20948 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18787 48917))
20949 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20951 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20952 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20954 \(fn)" nil nil)
20956 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20957 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20959 \(fn)" nil nil)
20961 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20962 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20964 \(fn)" nil nil)
20966 ;;;***
20968 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18817
20969 ;;;;;; 44748))
20970 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20972 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20973 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20974 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20975 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20976 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20977 You can use \\[report-emacs-bug] to do so.
20979 \(fn)" nil nil)
20981 ;;;***
20983 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20984 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20985 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18787 48917))
20986 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20988 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20989 Completion for `cd'.
20991 \(fn)" nil nil)
20993 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20995 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20996 Completion for `rmdir'.
20998 \(fn)" nil nil)
21000 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21001 Completion for `rm'.
21003 \(fn)" nil nil)
21005 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21006 Completion for `xargs'.
21008 \(fn)" nil nil)
21010 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21012 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21013 Completion for `which'.
21015 \(fn)" nil nil)
21017 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21018 Completion for the `chown' command.
21020 \(fn)" nil nil)
21022 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21023 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21025 \(fn)" nil nil)
21027 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21028 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21030 \(fn)" nil nil)
21032 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21033 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21034 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21036 \(fn)" nil nil)
21038 ;;;***
21040 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21041 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21042 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18787
21043 ;;;;;; 48917))
21044 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21046 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21047 Support extensible programmable completion.
21048 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21049 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21051 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21053 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21054 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21056 \(fn)" t nil)
21058 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21059 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21060 This will modify the current buffer.
21062 \(fn)" t nil)
21064 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21065 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21067 \(fn)" t nil)
21069 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21070 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21071 This will modify the current buffer.
21073 \(fn)" t nil)
21075 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21076 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21078 \(fn)" t nil)
21080 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21081 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21083 \(fn)" t nil)
21085 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21086 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21087 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21088 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21089 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21091 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21093 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21094 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
21096 \(fn)" nil nil)
21098 ;;;***
21100 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21101 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21102 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18817 44748))
21103 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
21105 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21106 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21107 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21108 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21110 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21112 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21114 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21115 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21116 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21117 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21118 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21119 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21120 FLAGS is ignored.
21122 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21124 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21125 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21126 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21127 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21128 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21129 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21130 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21131 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21133 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21135 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21136 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21137 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21138 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21139 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21140 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21141 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21142 passed to cvs.
21144 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21146 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21147 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21148 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21149 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21150 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21151 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21152 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21154 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21156 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21157 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21158 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21160 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21162 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21163 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21164 A value of nil means never do it.
21165 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21166 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21167 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21169 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21171 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21172 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21173 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21175 ;;;***
21177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18787 48917))
21178 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21180 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21182 ;;;***
21184 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21185 ;;;;;; (18815 49095))
21186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21187 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21188 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21189 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21190 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21191 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21192 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21194 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21195 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21196 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21197 Tab indents for Perl code.
21198 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21199 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21200 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21201 \\{perl-mode-map}
21202 Variables controlling indentation style:
21203 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21204 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21205 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21206 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21207 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21208 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21209 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21210 `perl-nochange'
21211 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21212 `perl-indent-level'
21213 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21214 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21215 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21216 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21217 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21218 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21219 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21220 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21221 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21222 `perl-brace-offset'
21223 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21224 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21225 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21226 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21227 `perl-label-offset'
21228 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21229 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21230 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21232 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21233 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21234 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21235 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21236 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21237 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21238 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21240 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21242 \(fn)" t nil)
21244 ;;;***
21246 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21247 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21248 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21249 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18787 48917))
21250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21252 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21253 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21255 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21257 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21258 passphrase cache or user.
21260 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21262 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21263 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21265 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21266 cache or user.
21268 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21270 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21271 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21273 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21274 the region.
21276 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21277 passphrase cache or user.
21279 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21281 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21282 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21284 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21286 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21287 the region.
21289 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21290 passphrase cache or user.
21292 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21295 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21297 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21298 passphrase cache or user.
21300 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21302 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21303 Decrypt the current buffer.
21305 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21306 the region.
21308 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21309 passphrase cache or user.
21311 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21313 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21314 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21316 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21317 a detached signature.
21319 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21320 and the output is displayed.
21322 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21323 passphrase cache or user.
21325 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21328 Sign the current buffer.
21330 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21331 detached signature.
21333 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21334 within the region.
21336 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21337 and the output is displayed.
21339 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21340 passphrase cache or user.
21342 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21345 Verify the current region between START and END.
21346 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21347 the detached signature of the current region.
21349 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21350 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21352 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21355 Verify the current buffer.
21356 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21357 the detached signature of the current region.
21358 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21359 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21360 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21361 within the region.
21363 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21365 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21366 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21368 \(fn)" t nil)
21370 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21371 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21373 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21375 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21376 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21378 \(fn)" t nil)
21380 ;;;***
21382 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21383 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21384 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21386 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21387 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21389 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21391 ;;;***
21393 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21394 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21395 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21397 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21398 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21399 \\<picture-mode-map>
21400 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21401 afterwards settable by these commands:
21403 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21404 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21405 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21406 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21408 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21409 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21410 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21411 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21413 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21414 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21415 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21416 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21418 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21419 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21420 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21421 with these commands:
21423 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21424 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21425 Move to column following last
21426 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21427 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21428 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21429 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21430 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21431 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21433 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21435 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21436 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21437 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21438 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21439 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21440 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21442 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21443 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21444 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21445 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21446 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21447 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21448 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21450 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21451 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21452 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21453 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21454 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21455 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21456 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21457 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21459 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21460 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21461 by supplying an argument.
21463 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21465 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21466 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21468 \(fn)" t nil)
21470 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21472 ;;;***
21474 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21475 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21478 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21479 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21480 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21482 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21484 ;;;***
21486 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18787 48933))
21487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21489 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21490 Play pong and waste time.
21491 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21492 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21494 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21496 \\{pong-mode-map}
21498 \(fn)" t nil)
21500 ;;;***
21502 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21503 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21504 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
21505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21507 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21508 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21509 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21510 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21512 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21514 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21515 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21517 \(fn)" nil nil)
21519 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21520 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21521 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21522 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21523 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21525 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21527 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21528 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21529 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21531 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21533 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21534 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21536 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21538 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21539 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21540 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21541 Ignores leading comment characters.
21543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21545 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21546 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21547 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21548 Ignores leading comment characters.
21550 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21552 ;;;***
21554 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21555 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21556 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21557 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21558 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21559 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21560 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21561 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21562 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21563 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21564 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21565 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21566 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21567 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21568 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21569 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21570 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21571 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21572 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21573 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21575 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21576 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21578 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21580 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21582 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21584 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21585 Preview directory using ghostview.
21587 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21588 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21589 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21590 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21592 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21593 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21594 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21595 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21596 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21597 file name.
21599 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21601 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21603 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21604 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21606 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21607 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21608 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21609 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21611 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21612 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21613 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21614 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21615 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21616 file name.
21618 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21620 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21622 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21623 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21625 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21626 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21627 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21628 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21630 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21631 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21632 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21633 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21634 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21635 file name.
21637 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21639 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21641 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21642 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21644 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21646 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21647 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21648 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21649 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21651 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21652 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21653 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21654 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21655 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21656 file name.
21658 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21660 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21662 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21663 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21665 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21666 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21667 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21669 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21670 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21671 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21672 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21674 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21676 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21677 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21679 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21680 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21681 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21683 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21684 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21685 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21686 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21688 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21690 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21691 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21693 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21694 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21695 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21697 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21698 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21699 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21700 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21702 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21705 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21707 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21709 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21710 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21711 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21713 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21714 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21715 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21716 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21718 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21720 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21721 Preview region using ghostview.
21723 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21725 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21727 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21728 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21730 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21732 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21734 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21735 Print region using PostScript printer.
21737 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21739 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21741 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21742 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21744 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21746 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21748 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21749 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21751 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21753 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21755 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21756 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21758 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21760 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21762 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21763 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21765 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21767 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21769 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21770 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21772 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21774 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21776 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21777 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21778 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21779 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21781 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21782 matching.
21784 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21785 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21787 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21789 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21791 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21792 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21793 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21794 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21796 \(fn)" t nil)
21798 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21799 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21800 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21801 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21803 \(fn)" t nil)
21805 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21806 Print directory using text printer.
21808 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21809 matching.
21811 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21812 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21814 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21816 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21818 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21819 Print buffer using text printer.
21821 \(fn)" t nil)
21823 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21824 Print region using text printer.
21826 \(fn)" t nil)
21828 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21829 Print major mode using text printer.
21831 \(fn)" t nil)
21833 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21834 Preview spooled PostScript.
21836 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21837 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21838 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21840 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21841 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21842 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21844 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21846 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21847 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21849 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21850 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21851 instead of sending it to the printer.
21853 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21854 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21855 image in a file with that name.
21857 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21860 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21862 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21863 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21864 instead of sending it to the printer.
21866 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21867 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21868 image in a file with that name.
21870 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21872 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21873 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21875 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21876 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21877 instead of sending it to the printer.
21879 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21880 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21881 image in a file with that name.
21883 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21885 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21886 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21888 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21890 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21891 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21893 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21895 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21896 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21898 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21900 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21901 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21903 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21905 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21906 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21908 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21910 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21911 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21913 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21914 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21915 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21916 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21918 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21919 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21920 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21921 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21922 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21923 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21924 file name.
21926 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21928 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21929 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21931 \(fn)" t nil)
21933 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21934 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21936 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21937 right.
21938 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21939 bottom.
21941 \(fn)" t nil)
21943 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21944 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21946 \(fn)" t nil)
21948 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21949 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21951 \(fn)" t nil)
21953 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21954 Toggle printing with faces.
21956 \(fn)" t nil)
21958 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21959 Toggle spooling.
21961 \(fn)" t nil)
21963 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21964 Toggle duplex.
21966 \(fn)" t nil)
21968 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21969 Toggle tumble.
21971 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21972 right.
21973 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21974 bottom.
21976 \(fn)" t nil)
21978 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21979 Toggle landscape.
21981 \(fn)" t nil)
21983 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21984 Toggle upside-down.
21986 \(fn)" t nil)
21988 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21989 Toggle line number.
21991 \(fn)" t nil)
21993 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21994 Toggle zebra stripes.
21996 \(fn)" t nil)
21998 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21999 Toggle printing header.
22001 \(fn)" t nil)
22003 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22004 Toggle printing header frame.
22006 \(fn)" t nil)
22008 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22009 Toggle menu lock.
22011 \(fn)" t nil)
22013 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22014 Toggle auto region.
22016 \(fn)" t nil)
22018 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22019 Toggle auto mode.
22021 \(fn)" t nil)
22023 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22024 Customization of the `printing' group.
22026 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22028 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22029 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22031 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22033 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22034 Help for the printing package.
22036 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22038 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22039 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22041 \(fn)" t nil)
22043 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22044 Interactively select a text printer.
22046 \(fn)" t nil)
22048 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22049 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22051 \(fn)" t nil)
22053 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22054 Show current ps-print settings.
22056 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22058 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22059 Show current printing settings.
22061 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22063 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22064 Show current lpr settings.
22066 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22068 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22069 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22071 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22072 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22073 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22074 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22077 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22079 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22080 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22081 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22083 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22084 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22085 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22086 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22087 current active printer.
22089 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22090 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22091 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22092 printer.
22094 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22095 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22096 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22097 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22098 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22101 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22102 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22104 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22106 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22107 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22108 be done using the new current active printer.
22110 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22111 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22112 printer.
22114 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22115 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22116 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22117 instead of sending it to the printer.
22119 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22120 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22121 printer.
22123 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22126 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22127 are both set to t.
22129 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22131 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22132 Fast fire function for text printing.
22134 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22135 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22136 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22137 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22139 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22140 user for a new active text printer.
22142 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22144 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22146 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22147 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22148 printer.
22150 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22152 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22153 are both set to t.
22155 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22157 ;;;***
22159 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18850 57238))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22162 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22163 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22164 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22165 information will be displayed but not selected.
22166 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22168 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22172 ;;;***
22174 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22175 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
22176 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22178 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22179 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22180 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22181 Commands:
22182 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22183 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22184 if that value is non-nil.
22186 \(fn)" t nil)
22188 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22190 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22191 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22192 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22194 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22196 ;;;***
22198 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18794
22199 ;;;;;; 5653))
22200 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22202 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22203 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22204 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22206 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22208 ;;;***
22210 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18830
22211 ;;;;;; 712))
22212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22214 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22215 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22217 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22219 The following variables hold user options, and can
22220 be set through the `customize' command:
22222 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22223 `ps-mode-tab'
22224 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22225 `ps-mode-print-function'
22226 `ps-run-prompt'
22227 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22228 `ps-run-x'
22229 `ps-run-dumb'
22230 `ps-run-init'
22231 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22232 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22234 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22237 \\{ps-mode-map}
22240 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22241 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22242 The keymap for this second window is:
22244 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22247 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22248 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22249 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22250 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22251 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22255 ;;;***
22257 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22258 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22259 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22260 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22261 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22262 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18853
22263 ;;;;;; 19460))
22264 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22266 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk")) "\
22267 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22268 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22270 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22272 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22273 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22274 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22275 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22277 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22279 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22280 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22282 Valid values are:
22284 nil Do not print colors.
22286 t Print colors.
22288 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22289 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22291 Any other value is treated as t.")
22293 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22295 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22296 Customization of ps-print group.
22298 \(fn)" t nil)
22300 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22301 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22303 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22304 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22305 sending it to the printer.
22307 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22308 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22309 image in a file with that name.
22311 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22313 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22314 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22315 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22316 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22317 so it has a way to determine color values.
22319 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22321 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22322 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22323 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22325 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22327 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22328 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22329 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22330 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22331 so it has a way to determine color values.
22333 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22335 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22336 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22337 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22338 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22340 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22342 \(fn)" t nil)
22344 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22345 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22346 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22347 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22348 so it has a way to determine color values.
22350 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22352 \(fn)" t nil)
22354 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22355 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22356 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22358 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22360 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22362 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22363 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22364 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22365 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22366 so it has a way to determine color values.
22368 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22370 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22372 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22373 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22375 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22376 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22377 instead of sending it to the printer.
22379 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22380 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22381 image in a file with that name.
22383 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22385 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22386 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22387 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22388 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22389 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22391 \(fn)" t nil)
22393 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22394 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22395 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22397 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22399 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22400 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22401 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22403 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22405 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22406 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22408 \(fn)" nil nil)
22410 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22411 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22413 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22414 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22416 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22417 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22419 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22421 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22423 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22425 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22426 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22428 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22429 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22431 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22432 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22434 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22436 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22438 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22440 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22441 foreground and background colors respectively.
22443 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22444 bold - use bold font.
22445 italic - use italic font.
22446 underline - put a line under text.
22447 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22448 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22449 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22450 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22451 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22453 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22455 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22457 ;;;***
22459 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22460 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18848 909))
22461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22463 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22465 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22467 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22469 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22470 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22471 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22472 buffer automatically.
22474 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22475 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22476 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22477 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22478 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22479 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22480 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22482 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22483 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22484 buffer for a list of commands.)
22486 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22488 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22489 Major mode for editing Python files.
22490 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22491 for correct parsing of the source.
22492 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22493 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22494 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22496 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22497 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22498 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22499 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22500 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22501 \\<python-mode-map>
22502 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22503 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22504 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22505 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22506 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22507 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22509 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22510 effect outside them.
22512 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22513 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22514 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22515 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22516 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22517 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22518 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22519 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22520 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22522 \\{python-mode-map}
22524 \(fn)" t nil)
22526 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22527 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22528 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22529 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22531 \(fn)" t nil)
22533 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22534 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22535 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22536 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22537 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22538 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22540 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22541 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22542 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22543 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22544 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22545 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22546 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22548 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22549 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22550 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22551 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22552 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22554 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22555 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22556 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22557 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22558 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22559 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22560 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22561 mode.
22563 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22564 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22565 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22566 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22567 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22568 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22569 filter.
22571 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22573 ;;;***
22575 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22576 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22579 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22580 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22581 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22582 coding-system.
22584 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22585 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22587 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22588 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22589 them into characters should be done separately.
22591 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22593 ;;;***
22595 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22596 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22597 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22598 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22599 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18838 52325))
22600 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22602 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22603 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22605 \(fn)" nil nil)
22607 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22608 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22609 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22611 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22612 `quail-activate', which see.
22614 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22616 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22617 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22618 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22619 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22620 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22621 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22622 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22624 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22625 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22626 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22627 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22628 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22629 shown.
22630 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22632 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22633 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22634 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22635 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22636 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22637 list of candidates.
22639 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22640 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22641 command to be called.
22643 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22644 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22645 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22646 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22648 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22649 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22650 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22651 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22652 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22653 to t.
22655 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22656 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22657 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22658 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22660 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22661 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22662 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22663 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22665 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22666 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22667 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22668 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22669 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22670 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22672 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22673 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22674 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22675 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22676 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22677 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22679 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22680 covers Quail translation region.
22682 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22683 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22684 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22685 for it) is inserted.
22687 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22688 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22689 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22691 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22692 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22693 non-Quail commands.
22695 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22697 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22698 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22700 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22701 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22702 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22703 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22704 you type is correctly handled.
22706 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22708 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22709 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22711 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22712 keyboard type.
22714 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22716 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22717 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22718 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22719 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22720 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22721 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22722 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22723 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22724 for the translation.
22725 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22727 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22728 it is used to handle KEY.
22730 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22731 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22732 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22733 the following annotation types are supported.
22735 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22736 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22738 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22739 candidate list.
22741 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22742 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22743 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22744 inserted.
22746 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22747 generated for the following translations.
22749 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22751 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22752 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22754 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22755 which to install MAP.
22757 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22759 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22761 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22762 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22764 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22765 which to install MAP.
22767 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22769 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22771 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22772 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22773 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22774 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22775 a function, or a cons.
22776 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22777 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22778 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22779 for the translation.
22780 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22781 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22782 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22783 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22784 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22786 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22787 it is used to handle KEY.
22789 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22790 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22791 current Quail package.
22793 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22794 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22796 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22798 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22799 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22801 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22802 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22804 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22806 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22807 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22809 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22811 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22812 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22813 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22814 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22815 of the Emacs source tree.
22817 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22818 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22820 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22821 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22822 of each directory.
22824 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22826 ;;;***
22828 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22829 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22830 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18787
22831 ;;;;;; 48930))
22832 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22834 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22835 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22836 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22837 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22839 To make use of this do something like:
22841 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22843 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22845 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22846 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22848 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22849 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22850 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22852 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22854 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22855 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22857 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22859 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22860 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22862 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22863 is decided.
22865 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22867 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22868 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22870 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22871 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22872 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22874 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22876 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22877 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22879 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22881 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22882 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22884 \(fn)" t nil)
22886 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22887 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22889 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22891 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22893 \(fn)" t nil)
22895 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22896 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22898 \(fn)" t nil)
22900 ;;;***
22902 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22903 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18787 48931))
22904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22906 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22907 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22909 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22911 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22913 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22915 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22917 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22918 Not documented
22920 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22922 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22923 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22924 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22927 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22929 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22931 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22932 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22936 ;;;***
22938 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18787
22939 ;;;;;; 48931))
22940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22942 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22943 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22944 See \\[compile].
22946 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22948 ;;;***
22950 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22951 ;;;;;; (18791 16517))
22952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22954 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22956 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22957 Construct a regexp interactively.
22959 \(fn)" t nil)
22961 ;;;***
22963 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18787 48917))
22964 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22966 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22967 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22968 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22970 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22971 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22973 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22975 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22976 Toggle recentf mode.
22977 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22978 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22980 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22981 that were operated on recently.
22983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22985 ;;;***
22987 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22988 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22989 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22990 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18787
22991 ;;;;;; 48917))
22992 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22993 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22994 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22995 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22996 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22997 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22998 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23000 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
23001 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
23002 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
23003 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
23005 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
23007 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
23009 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23010 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23011 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23012 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23013 ends.
23015 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23016 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23017 to be deleted.
23019 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23021 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23022 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23023 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23025 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23026 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23027 deleted.
23029 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23031 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23032 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23033 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23035 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23037 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23038 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23040 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23041 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23043 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23044 deleted.
23046 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23047 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23048 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23049 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23050 even beep.)
23052 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23054 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23055 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23057 \(fn)" t nil)
23059 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23060 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23061 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23062 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23063 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23064 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23065 and point is at the lower right corner.
23067 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23069 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23070 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23072 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23073 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23075 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23076 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23077 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23079 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23081 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23083 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23084 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23085 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23086 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23087 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23089 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23090 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23092 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23094 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23095 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23096 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23098 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23100 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23102 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23104 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23105 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23107 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23108 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23109 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23111 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23113 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23114 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23115 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23117 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23118 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23119 rectangle which were empty.
23121 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23123 ;;;***
23125 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18787
23126 ;;;;;; 48936))
23127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23129 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23130 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23131 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23133 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23134 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23135 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23139 ;;;***
23141 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23142 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18787 48936))
23143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23145 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23146 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23148 \(fn)" nil nil)
23150 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23151 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23153 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23154 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23156 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23157 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23158 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23159 \\ref macro.
23161 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23162 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23163 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23165 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23166 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23167 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23169 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23170 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23172 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23173 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23175 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23176 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23177 on the menu bar.
23179 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23183 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23184 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23185 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23187 \(fn)" nil nil)
23189 ;;;***
23191 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23192 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23193 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23195 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23196 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23197 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23198 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23199 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23200 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23202 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23204 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23206 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23207 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23208 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23209 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23210 `reftex-cite-format'.
23212 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23213 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23214 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23215 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23217 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23219 ;;;***
23221 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23222 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23225 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23226 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23227 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23228 the current TeX document.
23230 With no argument, this command toggles
23231 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23232 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23236 ;;;***
23238 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23239 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23240 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23242 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23243 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23244 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23246 To insert new phrases, use
23247 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23248 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23250 To index phrases use one of:
23252 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23253 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23254 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23255 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23256 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23258 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23259 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23261 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23263 Here are all local bindings.
23265 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23267 \(fn)" t nil)
23269 ;;;***
23271 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23272 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23273 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23275 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23276 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23277 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23278 of master file.
23280 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23282 ;;;***
23284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18787
23285 ;;;;;; 48936))
23286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23287 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23288 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23289 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23290 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23292 ;;;***
23294 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23295 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23298 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23299 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23300 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23301 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23302 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23303 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23305 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23306 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23308 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23309 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23311 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23313 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23314 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23315 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23316 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23318 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23320 ;;;***
23322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18787 48918))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23324 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23325 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23326 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23327 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23328 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23329 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23330 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23331 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23332 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23333 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23334 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23335 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23336 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23338 ;;;***
23340 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23341 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23342 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23345 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23346 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23347 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23348 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23350 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23352 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23354 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23355 Call `remember' in another frame.
23357 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23359 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23360 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23361 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23362 application.
23364 \(fn)" t nil)
23366 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23367 Extract diary entries from the region.
23369 \(fn)" nil nil)
23371 ;;;***
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18791 16512))
23374 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23376 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23377 Repeat most recently executed command.
23378 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23379 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23380 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23382 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23383 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23384 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23385 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23387 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23388 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23389 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23391 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23393 ;;;***
23395 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23396 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
23397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23399 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23400 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23402 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23403 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23404 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23405 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23406 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23407 and point is left after the salutation.
23409 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23410 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23411 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23412 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23413 left after that text.
23415 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23416 is non-nil.
23418 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23419 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23420 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23421 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23423 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23425 ;;;***
23427 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23428 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23429 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23431 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23432 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23433 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23434 visibility of comments that precede it.
23435 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23436 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23437 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23438 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23439 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23440 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23441 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23442 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23443 the comment lines.
23444 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23445 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23446 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23447 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23448 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23452 ;;;***
23454 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23455 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23456 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23458 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23459 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23460 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23462 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23463 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23464 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23468 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23469 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23470 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23471 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23472 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23473 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23475 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23477 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23478 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23479 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23481 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23482 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23483 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23487 ;;;***
23489 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23490 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23491 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23493 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23494 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23496 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23498 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23499 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23501 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23503 ;;;***
23505 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18787 48931))
23506 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23507 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23509 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23510 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23511 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23512 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23514 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23516 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23517 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23518 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23519 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23521 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23522 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23524 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23525 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23527 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23528 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23529 INPUT-ARGS.
23531 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23532 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23533 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23534 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23535 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23537 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23538 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23539 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23540 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23542 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23543 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23544 variable.
23546 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23548 ;;;***
23550 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23551 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23552 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23553 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23554 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail"
23555 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail.el" (18852 12908))
23556 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23558 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23559 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23560 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23562 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23564 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23565 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23566 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23567 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23569 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23571 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23572 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23573 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23574 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23575 value is the user's email address and name.)
23576 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23578 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23579 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23580 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23581 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23582 which normally happens once for each message,
23583 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23584 To make a change in this variable take effect
23585 for a message that you have already viewed,
23586 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23588 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23590 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23591 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23592 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23593 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23595 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23597 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23598 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23600 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23602 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23603 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23604 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
23606 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23608 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23609 List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23610 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23611 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23612 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23614 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23616 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23617 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23619 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23621 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23622 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23624 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23626 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23627 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23629 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23630 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23632 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23634 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23635 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23637 This is set to nil by default.")
23639 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23640 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23641 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23642 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23643 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23644 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23645 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23647 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23648 Read and edit incoming mail.
23649 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23650 file in RMAIL Mode.
23651 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23653 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23654 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23655 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23656 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23658 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23660 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23662 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23663 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23664 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23665 Instead, these commands are available:
23667 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23668 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23669 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23670 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23671 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23672 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23673 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23674 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23675 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23676 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23677 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23678 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23679 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23680 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23681 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23682 till a deleted message is found.
23683 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23684 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23685 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23686 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23687 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23688 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23689 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23690 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23691 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23692 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23693 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23694 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23695 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23696 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23697 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23698 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23699 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23700 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23701 (label defaults to last one specified).
23702 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23703 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23704 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23705 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23706 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23707 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23708 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23709 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23710 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23712 \(fn)" t nil)
23714 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23715 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23717 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23719 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23720 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23722 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23724 ;;;***
23726 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23727 ;;;;;; (18848 16181))
23728 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23730 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23731 Edit the contents of this message.
23733 \(fn)" t nil)
23735 ;;;***
23737 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23738 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23739 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18837 32928))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23742 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23743 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23744 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23745 LABEL may be a symbol or string.
23747 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23749 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23750 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23751 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23752 LABEL may be a symbol or string.
23754 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23756 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23757 Read a label with completion, prompting with PROMPT.
23758 Completions are chosen from `rmail-label-obarray'. The default
23759 is `rmail-last-label', if that is non-nil. Updates `rmail-last-label'
23760 according to the choice made, and returns a symbol.
23762 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23764 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23765 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23766 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23767 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23768 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23770 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23772 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23773 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23774 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23775 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23776 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23778 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23780 ;;;***
23782 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23783 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
23784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23786 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23787 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23788 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23789 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23791 This applies only to the current session.
23793 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23795 ;;;***
23797 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output) "rmailout"
23798 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18844 39826))
23799 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23801 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23802 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23803 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23804 case it writes Babyl.
23806 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23807 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23808 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23809 `rmail-default-file'.
23811 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23812 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23813 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23815 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23816 the header display is currently pruned.
23818 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23819 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23820 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23821 messages after output.
23823 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23824 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23825 message (if writing a file directly).
23827 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23828 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23830 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23832 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23833 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23834 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23835 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23836 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23837 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23838 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23840 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23841 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23842 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23844 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23846 ;;;***
23848 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23849 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23850 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18837
23851 ;;;;;; 32929))
23852 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23854 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23855 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23856 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23858 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23860 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23861 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23862 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23864 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23866 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23867 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23868 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23870 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23872 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23873 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23874 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23876 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23878 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23879 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23880 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23882 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23884 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23885 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23886 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23888 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23890 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23891 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23892 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23893 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23895 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23897 ;;;***
23899 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-by-senders
23900 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
23901 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
23902 ;;;;;; (18846 2117))
23903 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23905 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23906 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23908 \(fn)" t nil)
23910 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23911 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23912 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23914 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23916 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23917 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23918 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23919 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23920 only look in the To and From fields.
23921 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23923 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23925 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23926 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23927 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23928 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23929 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23931 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23933 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23934 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23935 Normally checks just the Subject field of headers; but with prefix
23936 argument WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil, looks in the whole message.
23937 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23939 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23941 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23942 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23943 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23945 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23947 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23948 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23949 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23950 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23951 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23952 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23953 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23955 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23956 sent by you under different user names.
23957 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23959 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23961 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23963 ;;;***
23965 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23966 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23967 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23969 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23970 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23971 Return a pattern.
23973 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23975 ;;;***
23977 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23978 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23979 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23981 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23982 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23983 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23984 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23986 \(fn)" t nil)
23988 ;;;***
23990 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23991 ;;;;;; (18787 48932))
23992 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23994 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23995 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23997 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23998 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23999 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24000 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24001 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24002 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24003 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24004 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24005 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24006 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24008 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24009 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
24010 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24011 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24012 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24013 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24014 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24015 to use for finding the schema.
24017 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24019 ;;;***
24021 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18787
24022 ;;;;;; 48932))
24023 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24025 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24027 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24028 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24029 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24030 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24031 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24032 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24033 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24034 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24035 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24036 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24037 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24038 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24039 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24040 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24041 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24042 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24043 must be equal.
24045 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24047 ;;;***
24049 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24050 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18821 3056))
24051 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24053 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24054 Define a robin package.
24056 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24057 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24058 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24059 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24061 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24062 one replaces the old one.
24064 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24066 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24067 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24069 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24070 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24071 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24073 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24075 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24076 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24078 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24080 ;;;***
24082 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24083 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18787 48918))
24084 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24086 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24087 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24089 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24091 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24092 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24094 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24096 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24097 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24099 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24101 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24102 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24103 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24105 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24106 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24107 in ROT13.
24109 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24111 \(fn)" t nil)
24113 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24114 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24116 \(fn)" t nil)
24118 ;;;***
24120 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24121 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
24122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24123 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24125 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24126 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24127 \\<rst-mode-map>
24128 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24129 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24130 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24131 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24132 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24134 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24135 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24136 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24137 font-locking of blocks.
24139 \\{rst-mode-map}
24141 \(fn)" t nil)
24143 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24144 ReST Minor Mode.
24145 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24146 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24147 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24148 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24150 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24151 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24152 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24156 ;;;***
24158 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24159 ;;;;;; (18804 45209))
24160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24162 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24163 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24164 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24165 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24166 nesting into account.
24168 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24170 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24172 \(fn)" t nil)
24174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.rb\\'" . ruby-mode))
24176 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons name 'ruby-mode)))
24178 ;;;***
24180 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18787
24181 ;;;;;; 48918))
24182 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24184 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24185 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24189 ;;;***
24191 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18787
24192 ;;;;;; 48922))
24193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24195 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24196 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24197 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24198 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24200 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24202 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24203 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24204 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24206 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24207 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24208 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24210 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24211 notation.
24213 STRING
24214 matches string STRING literally.
24216 CHAR
24217 matches character CHAR literally.
24219 `not-newline', `nonl'
24220 matches any character except a newline.
24222 `anything'
24223 matches any character
24225 `(any SET ...)'
24226 `(in SET ...)'
24227 `(char SET ...)'
24228 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24229 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24230 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24232 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24233 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24234 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24235 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24237 `(not (any SET ...))'
24238 matches any character not in SET ...
24240 `line-start', `bol'
24241 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24242 in the text being matched
24244 `line-end', `eol'
24245 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24247 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24248 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24249 string being matched against.
24251 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24252 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24253 string being matched against.
24255 `buffer-start'
24256 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24257 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24259 `buffer-end'
24260 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24261 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24263 `point'
24264 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24266 `word-start', `bow'
24267 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24269 `word-end', `eow'
24270 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24272 `word-boundary'
24273 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24274 word.
24276 `(not word-boundary)'
24277 `not-word-boundary'
24278 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24279 word.
24281 `symbol-start'
24282 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24284 `symbol-end'
24285 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24287 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24288 matches 0 through 9.
24290 `control', `cntrl'
24291 matches ASCII control characters.
24293 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24294 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24296 `blank'
24297 matches space and tab only.
24299 `graphic', `graph'
24300 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24301 space, and DEL.
24303 `printing', `print'
24304 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24305 and DEL.
24307 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24308 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24309 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24311 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24312 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24313 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24315 `ascii'
24316 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24318 `nonascii'
24319 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24321 `lower', `lower-case'
24322 matches anything lower-case.
24324 `upper', `upper-case'
24325 matches anything upper-case.
24327 `punctuation', `punct'
24328 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24329 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24331 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24332 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24334 `word', `wordchar'
24335 matches anything that has word syntax.
24337 `not-wordchar'
24338 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24340 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24341 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24342 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24343 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24345 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24346 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24347 `word' (\\sw)
24348 `symbol' (\\s_)
24349 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24350 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24351 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24352 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24353 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24354 `escape' (\\s\\)
24355 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24356 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24357 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24358 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24359 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24361 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24362 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24364 `(category CATEGORY)'
24365 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24366 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24368 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24369 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24370 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24371 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24372 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24373 `symbol' (\\c5)
24374 `digit' (\\c6)
24375 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24376 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24377 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24378 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24379 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24380 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24381 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24382 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24383 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24384 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24385 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24386 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24387 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24388 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24389 `ascii' (\\ca)
24390 `arabic' (\\cb)
24391 `chinese' (\\cc)
24392 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24393 `greek' (\\cg)
24394 `korean' (\\ch)
24395 `indian' (\\ci)
24396 `japanese' (\\cj)
24397 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24398 `latin' (\\cl)
24399 `lao' (\\co)
24400 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24401 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24402 `thai' (\\ct)
24403 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24404 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24405 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24406 `can-break' (\\c|)
24408 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24409 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24411 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24412 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24413 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24414 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24415 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24417 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24418 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24419 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24420 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24422 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24423 another name for `submatch'.
24425 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24426 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24427 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24428 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24429 regular expression.
24431 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24432 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24433 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24434 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24435 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24437 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24438 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24440 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24441 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24443 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24444 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24445 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24447 `(* SEXP ...)'
24448 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24449 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24451 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24452 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24453 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24455 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24456 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24457 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24459 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24460 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24462 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24463 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24465 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24466 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24467 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24468 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24470 `(? SEXP ...)'
24471 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24473 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24474 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24476 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24477 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24478 matches N occurrences.
24480 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24481 matches N or more occurrences.
24483 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24484 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24485 matches N to M occurrences.
24487 `(backref N)'
24488 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24490 `(eval FORM)'
24491 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24492 `regexp-quote' it.
24494 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24495 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24497 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24499 ;;;***
24501 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24502 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24503 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24505 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24506 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24507 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24508 interface.")
24510 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24512 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24513 Toggle savehist-mode.
24514 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24515 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24516 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24517 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24519 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24520 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24521 which is probably undesirable.
24523 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24525 ;;;***
24527 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24528 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
24529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24531 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24532 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24533 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24535 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24536 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24537 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24538 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24539 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24540 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24541 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24542 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24544 Commands:
24545 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24546 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24547 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24548 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24549 if that value is non-nil.
24551 \(fn)" t nil)
24553 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24554 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24555 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24557 Commands:
24558 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24559 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24560 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24561 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24562 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24563 that variable's value is a string.
24565 \(fn)" t nil)
24567 ;;;***
24569 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24570 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
24571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24573 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24574 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24575 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24577 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24579 \(fn)" t nil)
24581 ;;;***
24583 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24584 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24587 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24588 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24589 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24591 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24592 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24594 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24596 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24597 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24598 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24599 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24600 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24604 ;;;***
24606 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24607 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24608 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24610 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24611 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24612 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24613 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24614 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24615 during scrolling.
24617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24619 ;;;***
24621 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24622 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24623 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24624 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24625 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24626 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24627 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24628 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24629 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18829 2709))
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24632 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24633 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24635 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24636 king@grassland.com
24637 If `parens', they look like:
24638 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24639 If `angles', they look like:
24640 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24641 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24642 derived from the envelope-from address.
24644 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24645 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24646 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24647 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24649 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24651 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24652 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24653 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24654 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24656 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24657 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24658 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24659 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24661 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24663 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24664 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24665 This is done when the message is initialized,
24666 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24668 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24670 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24671 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24672 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24674 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24676 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24678 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24679 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24680 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24681 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24682 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24683 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24684 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24686 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24688 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24689 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24691 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24693 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24694 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24695 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24697 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24699 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24700 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24701 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24702 when you first send mail.")
24704 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24706 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24707 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24708 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24709 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24710 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24712 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24714 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24715 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24716 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24717 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24718 This file need not actually exist.")
24720 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24722 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24723 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24724 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24726 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24728 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24729 Alist of mail address aliases,
24730 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24731 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24732 can specify a different file name.)
24733 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24734 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24736 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24737 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24738 nil means use indentation.")
24740 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24742 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24743 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24744 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24746 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24748 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24749 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24750 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24751 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24752 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24753 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24754 in the cited portion of the message.
24756 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24757 instead of no action.")
24759 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24761 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24762 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24763 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24764 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24765 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24767 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24769 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24770 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24771 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24772 If a string, that string is inserted.
24773 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24774 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24775 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24776 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24778 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24780 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24781 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24783 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24785 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24786 Directory for mail buffers.
24787 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24788 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24790 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24792 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24793 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24794 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24795 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24797 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24799 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24800 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24801 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24802 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24803 is non-nil.")
24805 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24807 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24808 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24809 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24810 `query' means ask the user each time.
24811 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24812 The default is `mime'.
24813 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24814 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24816 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24818 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24819 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24820 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24822 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24823 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24825 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24826 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24827 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24828 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24829 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24830 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24831 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24832 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24833 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24834 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24835 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24836 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24837 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24839 \(fn)" t nil)
24841 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24842 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24844 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24845 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24847 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24849 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24850 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24851 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24852 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24853 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24854 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24856 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24857 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24858 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24860 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24861 User should not set this variable manually,
24862 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24863 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24864 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24865 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24867 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24868 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24869 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24870 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24872 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24873 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24875 \\<mail-mode-map>
24876 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24878 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24879 to move to message header fields:
24880 \\{mail-mode-map}
24882 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24883 when the message is initialized.
24885 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24886 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24888 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24889 is inserted.
24891 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24892 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24894 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24895 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24896 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24897 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24898 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24899 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24900 buffer without erasing the contents.
24902 The second through fifth arguments,
24903 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24904 the initial contents of those header fields.
24905 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24906 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24907 original message being replied to, or else an action
24908 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24909 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24910 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24911 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24912 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24913 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24915 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24917 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24918 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24920 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24922 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24923 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24925 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24927 ;;;***
24929 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24930 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (18850
24931 ;;;;;; 57238))
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24934 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24935 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24936 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24937 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24938 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24939 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24941 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24942 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24944 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24945 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24946 \\[server-start].
24948 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24950 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24951 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24952 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24953 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24955 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24957 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24958 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24959 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24960 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24961 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24962 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24964 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24966 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24967 Toggle Server mode.
24968 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24969 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24970 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24974 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24975 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24976 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24978 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24979 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24981 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24983 ;;;***
24985 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18787 48918))
24986 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24988 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24989 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24990 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24992 Key definitions:
24993 \\{ses-mode-map}
24994 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24995 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24996 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24997 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24999 \(fn)" t nil)
25001 ;;;***
25003 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25004 ;;;;;; (18791 16534))
25005 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25007 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25008 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25009 Makes > match <.
25010 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25011 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25013 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25014 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25015 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25017 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25018 in your `.emacs' file.
25020 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25022 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25023 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25024 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25026 \(fn)" t nil)
25028 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
25030 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25031 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25032 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25033 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25034 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25035 which this is based.
25037 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25039 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25040 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25041 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25042 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25044 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25045 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25046 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25048 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25049 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25050 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25051 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25053 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25054 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25055 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25056 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25058 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25060 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25061 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25062 To work around that, do:
25063 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25065 \\{html-mode-map}
25067 \(fn)" t nil)
25069 ;;;***
25071 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25072 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
25073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25074 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25076 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25077 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25078 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25079 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25080 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25081 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25083 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25084 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25085 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25086 shell-specific features.
25088 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25089 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25090 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25091 \\<sh-mode-map>
25092 \\[sh-case] case statement
25093 \\[sh-for] for loop
25094 \\[sh-function] function definition
25095 \\[sh-if] if statement
25096 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25097 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25098 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25099 \\[sh-select] select loop
25100 \\[sh-until] until loop
25101 \\[sh-while] while loop
25103 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25104 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25105 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25106 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25107 would indent to the way it currently is.
25108 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25109 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25112 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25113 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25114 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25115 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25116 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25117 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25119 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25120 {, (, [, ', \", `
25121 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25123 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25124 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25125 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25127 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25128 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25130 \(fn)" t nil)
25132 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25134 ;;;***
25136 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18787 48918))
25137 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25139 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25140 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25141 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25142 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25143 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25144 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25146 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25148 ;;;***
25150 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25151 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
25152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25154 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25155 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25157 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25158 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25159 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25160 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25161 the earlier.
25163 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25165 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25167 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25168 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25169 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25171 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25172 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25174 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25175 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25176 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25177 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25178 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25179 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25180 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25181 Emacs version).
25183 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25184 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25185 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25186 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25187 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25189 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25190 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25191 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25193 \(fn)" t nil)
25195 ;;;***
25197 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25198 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18787
25199 ;;;;;; 48918))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25202 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25203 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25204 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25205 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25206 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25207 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25208 sites in the cluster.
25210 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25212 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25213 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25214 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25215 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25216 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25218 \(fn)" t nil)
25220 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25221 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25222 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25223 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25224 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25225 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25226 `shadow-define-cluster').
25228 \(fn)" t nil)
25230 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25231 Set up file shadowing.
25233 \(fn)" t nil)
25235 ;;;***
25237 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25238 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
25239 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25241 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25242 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25243 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25244 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25245 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25246 arguments.")
25248 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25250 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25251 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25252 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25253 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25254 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25256 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25257 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25258 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25259 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25260 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25261 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25262 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25263 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25264 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25265 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25266 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25268 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25269 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25270 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25271 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25272 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25273 `default-process-coding-system'.
25275 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25276 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25277 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25278 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25280 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25282 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25283 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25285 ;;;***
25287 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25288 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18787 48928))
25289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25291 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25292 Not documented
25294 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25296 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25297 Not documented
25299 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25301 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25302 Not documented
25304 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25306 ;;;***
25308 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25309 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25312 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25313 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25314 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25315 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25316 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25318 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25320 \(fn)" t nil)
25322 ;;;***
25324 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18791
25325 ;;;;;; 16532))
25326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25328 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25329 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25330 \\{simula-mode-map}
25331 Variables controlling indentation style:
25332 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25333 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25334 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25335 `simula-indent-level'
25336 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25337 `simula-substatement-offset'
25338 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25339 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25340 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25341 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25342 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25343 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25344 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25345 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25346 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25347 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25348 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25349 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25350 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25351 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25352 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25353 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25354 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25355 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25356 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25357 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25358 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25359 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25360 or nil if they should not be changed.
25361 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25362 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25363 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25364 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25366 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25367 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25369 \(fn)" t nil)
25371 ;;;***
25373 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25374 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18791 16512))
25375 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25377 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25378 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25380 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25381 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25382 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25383 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25385 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25387 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25388 Insert SKELETON.
25389 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25390 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25391 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25392 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25393 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25395 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25396 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25398 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25400 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25401 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25403 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25404 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25405 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25406 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25408 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25409 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25410 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25411 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25413 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25414 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25415 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25417 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25418 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25420 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25421 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25423 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25424 _ interesting point, interregion here
25425 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25426 interesting point set by _
25427 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25428 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25429 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25430 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25431 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25432 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25433 nil skipped
25435 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25436 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25438 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25439 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25440 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25441 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25442 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25443 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25444 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25445 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25447 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25448 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25449 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25450 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25451 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25452 available:
25454 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25455 then: insert previously read string once more
25456 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25457 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25458 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25460 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25461 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25463 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25465 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25466 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25468 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25469 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25470 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25471 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25472 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25473 such as backslash.
25475 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25476 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25477 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25479 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25481 ;;;***
25483 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25484 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18825 40643))
25485 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25487 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25488 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25489 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25490 buffer names.
25492 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25494 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25495 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25496 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25500 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25501 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25502 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25504 \(fn)" t nil)
25506 ;;;***
25508 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25509 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25512 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25513 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25514 A list of images is returned.
25516 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25518 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25519 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25520 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25522 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25524 ;;;***
25526 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25527 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18787 48930))
25528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25530 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25531 Not documented
25533 \(fn)" nil nil)
25535 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25536 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25538 \(fn)" t nil)
25540 ;;;***
25542 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18787 48933))
25543 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25545 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25546 Play the Snake game.
25547 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25549 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25551 Snake mode keybindings:
25552 \\<snake-mode-map>
25553 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25554 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25555 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25556 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25557 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25558 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25559 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25561 \(fn)" t nil)
25563 ;;;***
25565 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25566 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
25567 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25569 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25570 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25571 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25572 Tab indents for C code.
25573 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25574 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25575 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25576 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25577 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25579 \(fn)" t nil)
25581 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25582 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25583 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25584 Tab indents for C code.
25585 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25586 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25587 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25588 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25589 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25591 \(fn)" t nil)
25593 ;;;***
25595 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18787
25596 ;;;;;; 48920))
25597 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25599 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25600 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25601 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25602 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25603 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25605 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25609 ;;;***
25611 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18787
25612 ;;;;;; 48933))
25613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25615 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25616 Play Solitaire.
25618 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25619 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25620 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25621 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25622 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25623 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25624 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25625 check after each move or undo.)
25627 What is Solitaire?
25629 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25630 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25631 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25633 Le Solitaire
25634 ============
25636 o o o
25638 o o o
25640 o o o o o o o
25642 o o o . o o o
25644 o o o o o o o
25646 o o o
25648 o o o
25650 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25651 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25652 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25653 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25655 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25656 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25657 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25658 this: o o .
25660 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25661 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25663 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25665 o o o
25667 . o o
25669 o o . o o o o
25671 o . o o o o o
25673 o o o o o o o
25675 o o o
25677 o o o
25679 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25681 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25683 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25685 ;;;***
25687 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25688 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25689 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18787 48918))
25690 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25691 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25693 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25694 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25696 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25697 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25698 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25699 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25700 contiguous.
25702 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25703 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25704 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25705 the sort order.
25707 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25708 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25710 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25711 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25712 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25713 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25714 is called.
25716 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25717 It should move point to the end of the record.
25719 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25720 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25721 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25722 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25723 starts at the beginning of the record.
25725 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25726 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25727 same as ENDRECFUN.
25729 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25730 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25732 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25734 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25735 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25736 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25737 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25738 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25739 the sort order.
25741 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25743 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25744 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25745 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25746 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25747 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25748 the sort order.
25750 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25752 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25753 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25754 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25755 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25756 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25757 the sort order.
25759 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25760 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25762 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25763 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25764 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25765 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25766 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25767 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25768 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25769 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25770 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25772 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25774 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25775 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25776 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25777 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25778 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25779 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25780 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25781 the sort order.
25783 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25785 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25786 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25787 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25788 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25789 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25790 is to be used for sorting.
25791 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25792 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25793 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25794 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25795 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25797 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25799 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25800 the sort order.
25802 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25803 starting with the letter \"f\",
25804 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25806 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25808 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25809 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25810 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25811 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25812 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25813 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25814 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25815 the sort order.
25817 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25818 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25819 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25820 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25821 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25823 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25825 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25826 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25827 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25829 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25831 ;;;***
25833 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18787
25834 ;;;;;; 48928))
25835 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25837 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25838 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25839 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25840 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25841 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25842 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25844 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25846 ;;;***
25848 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25849 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25850 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18791 16522))
25851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25853 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25854 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25856 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25857 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25858 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25860 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25862 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25863 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25864 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25865 server.
25867 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25869 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25870 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25871 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25873 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25875 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25876 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25877 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25878 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25879 Agent is plugged.
25881 \(fn)" t nil)
25883 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25884 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25885 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25886 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25888 \(fn)" t nil)
25890 ;;;***
25892 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25893 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18834 13432))
25894 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25896 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25898 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25899 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25900 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25901 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25902 supported at a time.
25903 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25904 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25908 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25909 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25910 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25911 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25913 \(fn)" t nil)
25915 ;;;***
25917 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25918 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18787 48936))
25919 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25921 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25923 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25924 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25925 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25926 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25927 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25928 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25930 \(fn)" t nil)
25932 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25934 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25935 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25936 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25937 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25939 \(fn)" t nil)
25941 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25943 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25944 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25945 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25946 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25947 for example, \"word\".
25949 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25951 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25953 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25954 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25956 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25958 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25960 ;;;***
25962 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18787
25963 ;;;;;; 48933))
25964 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25966 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25967 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25969 \(fn)" t nil)
25971 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25972 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25974 \(fn)" nil nil)
25976 ;;;***
25978 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25979 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25980 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25981 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18838
25982 ;;;;;; 52325))
25983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25985 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25986 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25988 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25989 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25990 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25991 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25992 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25993 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25994 of the current highlighting list.
25996 For example:
25998 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25999 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26001 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26002 `_t' as data types.
26004 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26006 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26007 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26009 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26010 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26012 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26014 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
26015 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
26016 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
26018 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26020 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
26021 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
26022 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
26023 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
26024 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
26025 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
26026 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
26027 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
26028 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
26030 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26032 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26033 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26034 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26035 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26037 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26038 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26039 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26040 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26042 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26043 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26044 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26046 \(fn)" t nil)
26048 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26049 Major mode to edit SQL.
26051 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26052 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26053 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26055 \\{sql-mode-map}
26056 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26058 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26059 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26060 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26061 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26062 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26063 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26065 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26066 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26068 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26069 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26070 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26072 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26073 (lambda ()
26074 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26076 \(fn)" t nil)
26078 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26079 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26081 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26082 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26083 `*SQL*'.
26085 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26087 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26089 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26090 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26092 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26093 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26094 `*SQL*'.
26096 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26097 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26098 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26099 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26101 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26102 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26104 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26105 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26106 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26107 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26108 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26109 `default-process-coding-system'.
26111 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26113 \(fn)" t nil)
26115 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26116 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26118 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26119 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26120 `*SQL*'.
26122 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26123 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26124 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26125 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26127 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26128 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26130 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26131 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26132 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26133 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26134 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26135 `default-process-coding-system'.
26137 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26139 \(fn)" t nil)
26141 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26142 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26144 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26145 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26146 `*SQL*'.
26148 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26149 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26151 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26152 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26154 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26155 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26156 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26157 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26158 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26159 `default-process-coding-system'.
26161 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26163 \(fn)" t nil)
26165 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26166 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26168 SQLite is free software.
26170 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26171 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26172 `*SQL*'.
26174 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26175 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26176 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26177 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26179 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26180 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26182 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26183 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26184 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26185 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26186 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26187 `default-process-coding-system'.
26189 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26191 \(fn)" t nil)
26193 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26194 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26196 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26198 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26199 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26200 `*SQL*'.
26202 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26203 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26204 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26205 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26207 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26208 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26210 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26211 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26212 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26213 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26214 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26215 `default-process-coding-system'.
26217 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26219 \(fn)" t nil)
26221 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26222 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26224 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26225 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26226 `*SQL*'.
26228 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26229 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26230 defaults, if set.
26232 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26233 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26235 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26236 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26237 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26238 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26239 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26240 `default-process-coding-system'.
26242 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26244 \(fn)" t nil)
26246 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26247 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26249 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26250 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26251 `*SQL*'.
26253 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26254 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26256 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26257 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26259 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26260 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26261 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26262 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26263 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26264 `default-process-coding-system'.
26266 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26268 \(fn)" t nil)
26270 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26271 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26273 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26274 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26275 `*SQL*'.
26277 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26278 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26279 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26280 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26282 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26283 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26285 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26286 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26287 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26288 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26289 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26290 `default-process-coding-system'.
26292 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26294 \(fn)" t nil)
26296 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26297 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26299 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26300 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26301 `*SQL*'.
26303 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26304 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26305 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26306 `sql-postgres-options'.
26308 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26309 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26311 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26312 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26313 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26314 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26315 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26316 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26317 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26318 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26320 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26321 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26323 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26325 \(fn)" t nil)
26327 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26328 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26330 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26331 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26332 `*SQL*'.
26334 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26335 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26336 defaults, if set.
26338 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26339 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26341 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26342 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26343 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26344 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26345 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26346 `default-process-coding-system'.
26348 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26350 \(fn)" t nil)
26352 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26353 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26355 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26356 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26357 `*SQL*'.
26359 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26360 automatic login.
26362 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26363 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26365 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26366 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26367 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26368 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26370 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26371 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26372 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26373 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26374 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26375 `default-process-coding-system'.
26377 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26379 \(fn)" t nil)
26381 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26382 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26384 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26385 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26386 `*SQL*'.
26388 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26389 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26390 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26391 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26392 parameters.
26394 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26395 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26396 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26397 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26398 an empty password.
26400 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26401 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26403 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26405 \(fn)" t nil)
26407 ;;;***
26409 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26410 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26411 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26412 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26413 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18787
26414 ;;;;;; 48918))
26415 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26417 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26418 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26419 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26420 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26421 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26422 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26424 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26426 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26428 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26429 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26430 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26431 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26432 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26433 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26434 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26436 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26438 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26439 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26440 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26441 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26442 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26443 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26444 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26446 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26448 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26449 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26450 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26452 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26454 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26455 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26456 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26458 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26460 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26461 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26463 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26465 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26466 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26468 \(fn)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26471 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26473 \(fn)" t nil)
26475 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26476 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26477 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26478 chronologically by command name.
26479 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26481 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26483 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26484 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26485 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26488 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26490 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26492 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26493 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26494 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26495 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26496 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26497 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26498 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26500 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26501 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26502 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26503 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26505 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26509 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26510 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26511 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26512 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26514 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26516 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26517 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26519 \(fn)" t nil)
26521 ;;;***
26523 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26524 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 59248))
26525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26527 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26528 Studlify-case the region.
26530 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26532 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26533 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26535 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26537 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26538 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26540 \(fn)" t nil)
26542 ;;;***
26544 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26545 ;;;;;; (18848 36796))
26546 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26548 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26549 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26550 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26551 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26552 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26553 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26554 original message but it does require a few things:
26556 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26558 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26559 reply buffer.
26561 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26562 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26563 original message.
26565 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26567 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26569 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26570 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26571 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26573 \(fn)" nil nil)
26575 ;;;***
26577 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26578 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18787 48935))
26579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26581 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26582 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26583 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26584 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26585 `complete-symbol'.
26586 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26587 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26589 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26590 determining which symbols are considered.
26592 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26593 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26594 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26595 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26597 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26599 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26600 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26601 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26602 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26603 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26604 completion:
26606 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26607 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26608 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26609 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26611 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26613 ;;;***
26615 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18787
26616 ;;;;;; 48918))
26617 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26619 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26621 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26622 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26623 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26626 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26628 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26630 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26631 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26632 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26633 otherwise turn it off.
26635 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26636 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26637 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26641 ;;;***
26643 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18787 48918))
26644 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26646 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26647 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26648 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26649 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26650 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26654 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26655 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26656 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26657 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26658 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26659 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26660 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26662 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26664 ;;;***
26666 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26667 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26668 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26669 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26670 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26671 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26672 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26673 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26674 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26675 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26676 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26677 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26678 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18791 16534))
26679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26681 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26682 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26683 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26685 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26687 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26688 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26690 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26692 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26693 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26695 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26697 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26698 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26700 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26702 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26703 Insert an editable text table.
26704 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26705 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26706 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26707 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26708 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26709 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26710 delimiting them.
26712 Examples:
26714 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26716 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26717 location of point.
26721 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26722 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26723 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26724 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26725 first cell.
26727 +-----+-----+-----+
26728 |-!- | | |
26729 +-----+-----+-----+
26731 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26733 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26734 width, which results as
26736 +--------------+-----+-----+
26737 |-!- | | |
26738 +--------------+-----+-----+
26740 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26741 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26743 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26744 | | |-!- |
26745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26747 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26748 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26749 width information to `table-insert'.
26751 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26753 instead of
26755 Cell width(s): 5
26757 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26758 work all together.
26760 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26761 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26763 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26764 |-!- | | |
26765 | | | |
26766 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26768 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26770 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26771 |-!- | | |
26772 | | | |
26773 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26774 | | | |
26775 | | | |
26776 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26778 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26780 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26781 | | | |
26782 | | | |
26783 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26784 | | | |
26785 | | | |
26786 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26789 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26790 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26791 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26793 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26794 | | | |
26795 | | | |
26796 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26797 | | | |
26798 | | | |
26799 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26800 |-!- | | |
26801 | | | |
26802 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26804 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26805 results.
26807 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26808 | | | |
26809 | | | |
26810 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26811 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26812 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26813 | | |expected results.-!- |
26814 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26815 | | | |
26816 | | | |
26817 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26819 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26821 \\{table-cell-map}
26823 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26825 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26826 Insert N table row(s).
26827 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26828 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26829 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26830 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26832 \(fn N)" t nil)
26834 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26835 Insert N table column(s).
26836 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26837 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26838 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26839 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26841 \(fn N)" t nil)
26843 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26844 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26845 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26847 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26849 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26850 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26851 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26852 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26853 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26854 all the table specific features.
26856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26858 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26859 Not documented
26861 \(fn)" t nil)
26863 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26864 Recognize all tables within region.
26865 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26866 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26867 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26868 specific features.
26870 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26872 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26873 Not documented
26875 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26877 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26878 Recognize a table at point.
26879 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26880 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26881 the table specific features.
26883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26885 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26886 Not documented
26888 \(fn)" t nil)
26890 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26891 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26892 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26893 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26894 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26895 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26896 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26898 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26900 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26901 Not documented
26903 \(fn)" t nil)
26905 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26906 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26907 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26908 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26909 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26910 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26911 specified.
26913 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26915 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26916 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26917 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26918 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26919 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26920 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26921 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26922 table structure.
26924 \(fn N)" t nil)
26926 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26927 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26928 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26929 table's rectangle structure.
26931 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26933 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26934 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26935 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26936 table's rectangle structure.
26938 \(fn N)" t nil)
26940 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26941 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26942 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26943 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26944 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26946 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26948 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26949 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26950 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26952 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26953 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26954 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26955 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26956 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26957 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26958 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26960 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26961 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26962 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26963 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26964 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26965 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26966 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26968 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26969 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26970 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26971 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26972 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26973 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26974 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26975 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26977 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26979 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26980 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26981 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26982 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26986 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26987 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26988 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26990 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26992 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26993 Split current cell vertically.
26994 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26996 \(fn)" t nil)
26998 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26999 Split current cell horizontally.
27000 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27002 \(fn)" t nil)
27004 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27005 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27006 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27008 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27010 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27011 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27012 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27013 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27015 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27017 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27018 Justify cell contents.
27019 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27020 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27021 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27022 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27024 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27026 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27027 Justify cells of a row.
27028 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27029 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27031 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27033 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27034 Justify cells of a column.
27035 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27036 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27038 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27040 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27041 Toggle fixing width mode.
27042 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27043 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27044 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27048 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27049 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27050 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27051 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27052 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27053 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27054 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27055 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27056 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27057 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27058 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27060 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27062 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27063 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27064 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27065 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27066 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27067 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27068 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27069 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27070 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27071 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27072 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27073 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27074 untouched.
27076 References used for this implementation:
27078 HTML:
27079 http://www.w3.org
27081 LaTeX:
27082 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27084 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27085 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27086 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27088 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27090 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27091 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27092 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27093 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27094 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27095 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27096 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27097 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27098 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27099 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27100 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27101 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27102 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27103 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27104 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27105 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27106 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27108 Example:
27110 (progn
27111 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27112 (table-forward-cell 15)
27113 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27114 (table-forward-cell 16)
27115 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27116 (table-forward-cell 1)
27117 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27119 (progn
27120 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27121 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27122 (table-forward-cell 1)
27123 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27125 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27127 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27128 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27129 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27130 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27131 consists from cells of same height.
27133 \(fn N)" t nil)
27135 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27136 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27137 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27138 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27139 column must consists from cells of same width.
27141 \(fn N)" t nil)
27143 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27144 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27145 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27146 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27147 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27148 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27149 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27150 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27151 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27152 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27153 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27154 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27155 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27156 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27157 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27160 Example 1:
27162 1, 2, 3, 4
27163 5, 6, 7, 8
27164 , 9, 10
27166 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27167 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27168 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27169 specified as 5.
27171 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27172 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27173 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27174 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27175 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27176 | | 9 | 10 | |
27177 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27179 Note:
27181 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27182 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27183 of each row is optional.
27186 Example 2:
27188 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27189 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27190 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27191 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27192 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27194 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27195 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27197 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27198 expression and raw delimiter regular
27199 expression, it parses the specified text
27200 area and extracts cell items from
27201 non-table text and then forms a table out
27202 of them.
27204 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27205 creates a single cell table. The text in
27206 the specified region is placed in that
27207 cell.-*-
27209 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27210 like this.
27212 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27213 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27214 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27216 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27217 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27218 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27219 | area and extracts cell items from |
27220 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27221 | of them. |
27223 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27224 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27225 | the specified region is placed in that |
27226 | cell. |
27227 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27229 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27230 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27231 independently.
27233 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27234 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27235 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27236 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27237 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27238 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27239 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27240 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27241 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27242 | |of them. |
27243 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27244 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27245 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27246 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27247 | |cell. |
27248 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27250 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27251 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27252 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27254 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27256 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27257 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27258 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27259 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27260 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27262 \(fn)" t nil)
27264 ;;;***
27266 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18787 48918))
27267 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27269 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27270 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27272 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27274 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27275 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27277 \(fn)" t nil)
27279 ;;;***
27281 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18805 60886))
27282 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27284 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27285 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27286 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27287 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27288 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27289 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27290 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27292 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27293 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27294 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27295 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27297 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27298 \\{tar-mode-map}
27300 \(fn)" t nil)
27302 ;;;***
27304 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27305 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18791 16532))
27306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27308 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27309 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27310 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27311 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27312 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27313 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27315 Variables controlling indentation style:
27316 `tcl-indent-level'
27317 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27318 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27319 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27321 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27322 documentation for details):
27323 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27324 Controls action of TAB key.
27325 `tcl-auto-newline'
27326 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27327 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27328 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27329 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27330 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27332 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27333 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27334 already exist.
27336 Commands:
27337 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27339 \(fn)" t nil)
27341 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27342 Run inferior Tcl process.
27343 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27344 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27346 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27348 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27349 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27350 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27352 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27354 ;;;***
27356 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18787 48931))
27357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27358 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27360 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27361 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27362 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27363 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27365 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27366 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27367 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27368 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27369 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27371 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27372 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27374 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27375 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27376 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27377 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27379 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27381 ;;;***
27383 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27384 ;;;;;; (18846 2117))
27385 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27387 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27388 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27389 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27390 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27391 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27392 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27394 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27396 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27397 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27398 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27399 commands to use in that buffer.
27401 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27403 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27405 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27406 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27408 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27410 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27411 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27412 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27413 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27414 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27415 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27416 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27417 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27418 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27419 use in that buffer.
27420 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27422 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27424 ;;;***
27426 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18791
27427 ;;;;;; 16513))
27428 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27430 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27431 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27432 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27433 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27434 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27435 program as keyboard input.
27437 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27438 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27439 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27440 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27442 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27443 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27444 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27445 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27446 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27448 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27450 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27451 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27452 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27453 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27455 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27456 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27457 subprocess started.
27459 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27461 ;;;***
27463 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27464 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
27465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27467 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27468 Start coverage on function under point.
27470 \(fn)" t nil)
27472 ;;;***
27474 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18787 48933))
27475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27477 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27478 Play the Tetris game.
27479 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27480 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27481 as to form complete rows.
27483 tetris-mode keybindings:
27484 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27485 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27486 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27487 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27488 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27489 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27490 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27491 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27492 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27494 \(fn)" t nil)
27496 ;;;***
27498 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27499 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27500 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27501 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27502 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27503 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27504 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27505 ;;;;;; (18850 59927))
27506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27508 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27509 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27511 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27513 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27514 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27515 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27516 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27517 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27519 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27521 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27522 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27523 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27524 if it matches the first line of the file,
27525 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27527 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27529 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27530 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27531 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27532 if the variable is non-nil.")
27534 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27536 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27537 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27539 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27541 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27542 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27543 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27544 See the documentation of that variable.")
27546 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27548 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27549 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27550 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27551 See the documentation of that variable.")
27553 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27555 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27556 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27557 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27558 See the documentation of that variable.")
27560 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27562 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27563 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27564 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27565 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27566 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27568 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27570 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27571 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27572 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27573 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27575 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27577 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27578 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27579 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27581 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27583 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27584 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27585 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27586 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27588 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27590 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27591 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27592 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27593 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27595 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27597 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27598 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27599 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27600 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27602 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27603 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27604 for example,
27606 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27607 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27609 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27610 use.")
27612 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27614 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27615 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27616 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27617 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27618 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27620 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27622 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27624 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27625 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27626 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27628 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27630 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27631 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27632 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27633 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27634 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27636 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27638 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27639 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27641 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27643 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27644 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27646 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27648 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27649 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27650 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27651 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27652 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27653 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27654 says which mode to use.
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27658 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27660 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27662 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27664 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27665 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27666 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27667 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27668 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27670 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27671 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27672 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27673 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27674 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27675 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27676 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27678 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27679 mismatched $'s or braces.
27681 Special commands:
27682 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27684 Mode variables:
27685 tex-run-command
27686 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27687 tex-directory
27688 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27689 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27690 tex-dvi-print-command
27691 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27692 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27693 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27694 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27695 tex-dvi-view-command
27696 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27697 tex-show-queue-command
27698 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27699 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27701 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27702 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27703 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27705 \(fn)" t nil)
27707 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27708 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27709 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27710 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27711 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27713 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27714 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27715 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27716 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27717 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27718 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27719 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27721 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27722 mismatched $'s or braces.
27724 Special commands:
27725 \\{latex-mode-map}
27727 Mode variables:
27728 latex-run-command
27729 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27730 tex-directory
27731 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27732 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27733 tex-dvi-print-command
27734 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27735 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27736 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27737 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27738 tex-dvi-view-command
27739 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27740 tex-show-queue-command
27741 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27742 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27744 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27745 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27746 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27748 \(fn)" t nil)
27750 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27751 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27752 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27753 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27754 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27756 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27757 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27758 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27759 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27760 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27761 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27762 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27764 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27765 mismatched $'s or braces.
27767 Special commands:
27768 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27770 Mode variables:
27771 slitex-run-command
27772 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27773 tex-directory
27774 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27775 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27776 tex-dvi-print-command
27777 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27778 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27779 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27780 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27781 tex-dvi-view-command
27782 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27783 tex-show-queue-command
27784 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27785 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27787 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27788 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27789 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27790 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27792 \(fn)" t nil)
27794 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27795 Not documented
27797 \(fn)" nil nil)
27799 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27800 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27802 \(fn)" t nil)
27804 ;;;***
27806 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27807 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18787 48936))
27808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27810 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27811 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27812 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27813 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27815 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27816 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27817 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27819 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27821 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27822 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27823 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27824 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27825 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27827 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27829 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27830 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27831 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27832 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27834 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27835 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27836 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27837 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27839 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27840 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27842 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27844 ;;;***
27846 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27847 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18787 48936))
27848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27850 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27851 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27853 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27855 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27856 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27858 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27860 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27861 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27863 It has these extra commands:
27864 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27866 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27867 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27868 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27869 modified version of TeX input format.
27871 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27872 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27873 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27874 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27876 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27877 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27878 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27879 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27880 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27881 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27882 in the Texinfo file.
27884 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27885 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27886 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27887 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27888 move forward past the closing brace.
27890 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27891 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27893 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27894 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27895 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27897 Here are the functions:
27899 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27900 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27901 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27903 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27904 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27905 texinfo-master-menu
27907 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27909 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27910 which menu descriptions are indented.
27912 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27913 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27914 in the region.
27916 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27917 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27918 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27919 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27921 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27922 be the first node in the file.
27924 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27925 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27927 \(fn)" t nil)
27929 ;;;***
27931 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27932 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27933 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
27934 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27936 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27937 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27938 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27939 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27941 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27943 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27944 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27946 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27948 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27949 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27951 \(fn)" t nil)
27953 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27954 Not documented
27956 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27958 ;;;***
27960 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27961 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27962 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18787 48918))
27963 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27965 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27966 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27968 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27970 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27971 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27972 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27973 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27974 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27976 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27977 a symbol as a valid THING.
27979 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27980 of the textual entity that was found.
27982 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27984 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27985 Return the THING at point.
27986 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27987 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27988 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27990 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27991 a symbol as a valid THING.
27993 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27995 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27996 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27998 \(fn)" nil nil)
28000 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28001 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28003 \(fn)" nil nil)
28005 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28006 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28008 \(fn)" nil nil)
28010 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28011 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28013 \(fn)" nil nil)
28015 ;;;***
28017 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28018 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28019 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
28020 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28022 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28023 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28025 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28027 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28028 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28029 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28030 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28032 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28034 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28035 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28037 \(fn)" t nil)
28039 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28040 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28042 \(fn)" t nil)
28044 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28046 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28047 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28049 \(fn)" t nil)
28051 ;;;***
28053 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28054 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28055 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28056 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28057 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18787
28058 ;;;;;; 48929))
28059 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28061 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28062 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28063 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28065 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28067 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28068 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28070 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28072 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28073 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28074 The returned string has no composition information.
28076 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28078 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28079 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28081 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28083 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28084 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28086 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28088 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28089 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28090 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28091 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28093 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28095 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28096 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28097 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28098 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28100 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28102 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28103 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28104 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28106 \(fn)" t nil)
28108 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28109 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28110 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28112 \(fn)" t nil)
28114 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28115 Not documented
28117 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28119 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28120 Not documented
28122 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28124 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28125 Not documented
28127 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28129 ;;;***
28131 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28132 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
28133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28135 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28136 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28137 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28138 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28139 parameters.
28140 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28142 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28144 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28145 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28146 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28147 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28148 parameters.
28149 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28151 \(fn)" t nil)
28153 ;;;***
28155 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28156 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28157 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18787 48918))
28158 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28160 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28161 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28163 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28165 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28166 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28167 This display updates automatically every minute.
28168 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28169 are displayed as well.
28170 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28172 \(fn)" t nil)
28174 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28175 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28176 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28179 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28181 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28183 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28184 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28185 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28187 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28188 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28189 are displayed as well.
28190 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28194 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28195 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28196 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28197 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28199 \(fn)" t nil)
28201 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28202 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28203 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28204 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28206 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28208 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28209 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28211 \(fn)" t nil)
28213 ;;;***
28215 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28216 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28217 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28218 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28219 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18791 16516))
28220 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28222 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28223 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28225 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28227 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28228 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28229 You can use `float-time' instead.
28231 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28233 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28234 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28236 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28238 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28239 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28241 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28243 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28244 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28246 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28248 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28249 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28250 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28252 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28254 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28256 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28257 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28258 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28260 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28262 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28263 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28265 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28267 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28268 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28269 DATE should be a date-time string.
28271 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28273 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28274 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28275 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28277 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28279 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28280 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28282 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28284 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28285 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28287 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28289 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28290 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28291 TIME should be a time value.
28292 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28294 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28296 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28297 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28298 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28300 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28302 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28303 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28304 The valid format specifiers are:
28305 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28306 %d is the number of days.
28307 %h is the number of hours.
28308 %m is the number of minutes.
28309 %s is the number of seconds.
28310 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28311 %% is a literal \"%\".
28313 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28314 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28316 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28317 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28318 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28320 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28321 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28322 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28324 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28326 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28328 ;;;***
28330 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28331 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18787 48918))
28332 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28333 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28334 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28335 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28336 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28337 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28338 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28339 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28340 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28342 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28343 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28344 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28345 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28346 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28347 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28348 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28349 look like one of the following:
28350 Time-stamp: <>
28351 Time-stamp: \" \"
28352 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28353 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28354 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28355 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28356 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28357 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28358 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28359 the template.
28361 \(fn)" t nil)
28363 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28364 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28365 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28369 ;;;***
28371 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28372 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28373 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28374 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28375 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
28376 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28378 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28379 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28380 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28381 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28382 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28383 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28384 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28385 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28386 display (non-nil means on).
28388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28390 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28391 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28392 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28393 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28394 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28395 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28396 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28397 this function is called within a day.
28399 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28400 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28401 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28402 discover the name of the project.
28404 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28406 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28407 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28408 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28409 begun during the last time segment.
28411 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28412 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28413 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28414 discover the reason.
28416 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28418 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28419 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28420 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28421 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28422 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28424 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28426 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28427 Change to working on a different project.
28428 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28429 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28430 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28431 working on.
28433 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28435 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28436 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28437 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28439 \(fn)" nil nil)
28441 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28442 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28443 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28445 \(fn)" t nil)
28447 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28448 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28449 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28450 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28451 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28452 \"relative to today\".
28454 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28456 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28457 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28458 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28459 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28461 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28463 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28464 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28465 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28466 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28467 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28468 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28470 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28472 ;;;***
28474 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28475 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18837 32927))
28476 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28478 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28479 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28480 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28481 the generated Quail package is saved.
28483 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28485 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28486 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28487 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28488 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28489 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28490 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28491 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28493 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28495 ;;;***
28497 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28498 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18791 16513))
28499 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28500 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28501 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28503 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28504 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28505 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28506 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28507 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28509 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28511 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28512 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28513 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28514 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28515 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28517 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28519 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28520 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28521 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28522 in the menu in two ways:
28523 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28524 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28525 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28527 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28528 keymap or an alist of alists.
28529 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28530 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28532 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28534 ;;;***
28536 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28537 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28538 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18817 51432))
28539 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28541 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28542 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28544 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28546 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28547 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28549 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28551 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28552 Insert new TODO list entry.
28553 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28554 category.
28556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28558 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28559 List top priorities for each category.
28561 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28562 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28564 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28565 between each category.
28567 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28569 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28570 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28571 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28572 between each category.
28574 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28576 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28578 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28579 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28581 \\{todo-mode-map}
28583 \(fn)" t nil)
28585 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28586 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28588 \(fn)" nil nil)
28590 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28591 Show TODO list.
28593 \(fn)" t nil)
28595 ;;;***
28597 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28598 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28599 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18792 39484))
28600 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28602 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28603 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28604 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28608 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28610 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28611 Add an item to the tool bar.
28612 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28613 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28614 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28615 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28617 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28618 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28619 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28620 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28622 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28623 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28625 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28627 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28628 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28629 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28630 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28631 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28632 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28634 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28635 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28636 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28637 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28639 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28641 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28642 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28643 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28644 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28645 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28646 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28647 properties to add to the binding.
28649 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28651 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28652 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28654 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28656 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28657 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28658 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28659 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28660 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28661 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28662 properties to add to the binding.
28664 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28665 holds a keymap.
28667 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28669 ;;;***
28671 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28672 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28673 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28675 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28676 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28677 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28680 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28682 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28684 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28685 TPU/edt emulation.
28687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28689 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28691 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28692 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28694 \(fn)" t nil)
28696 ;;;***
28698 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28699 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28702 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28703 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28705 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28706 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28707 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28708 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28709 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28711 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28712 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28713 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28714 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28715 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28717 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28718 (tpu-edt)
28720 Known Problems:
28722 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28723 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28724 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28725 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28726 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28727 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28729 \(fn)" t nil)
28731 ;;;***
28733 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18787 48923))
28734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28736 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28737 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28738 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28739 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28740 to a tcp server on another machine.
28742 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28744 ;;;***
28746 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28747 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18787 48923))
28748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28750 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28751 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28753 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28755 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28756 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28757 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28758 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28759 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28760 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28761 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28762 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28764 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28766 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28767 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28768 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28769 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28770 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28771 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28772 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28773 the window or buffer configuration.
28775 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28777 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28779 ;;;***
28781 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28782 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28783 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28784 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18821 42520))
28785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28787 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28788 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28789 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28791 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28793 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28794 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28796 It can have the following values:
28798 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28799 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28800 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28802 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28804 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28805 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28806 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28807 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28809 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28810 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28811 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28812 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28814 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28815 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28816 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28818 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28819 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28820 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28821 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28822 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28823 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28824 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28825 files which are not really Tramp files.
28827 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28828 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28829 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28830 updated after changing this variable.
28832 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28834 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28835 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28836 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28837 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28839 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28840 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28841 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28842 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28844 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28845 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28846 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28847 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28849 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28850 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28851 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28853 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28854 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28855 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28857 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28858 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28859 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28860 updated after changing this variable.
28862 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28864 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28865 Alist of completion handler functions.
28866 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28867 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28868 normal Emacs functions.")
28870 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28871 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28872 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28873 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28875 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28876 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28877 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28878 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28880 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28881 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28882 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28884 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28886 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28887 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28888 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28890 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28891 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28892 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28894 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28895 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28896 (add-hook
28897 'after-init-hook
28898 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28900 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28901 Not documented
28903 \(fn)" nil nil)
28905 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28906 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28908 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28910 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28911 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28913 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28915 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28916 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28918 \(fn)" t nil)
28920 ;;;***
28922 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28923 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28926 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28927 Not documented
28929 \(fn)" nil nil)
28931 ;;;***
28933 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18787
28934 ;;;;;; 48918))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28937 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28938 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28939 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28940 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28941 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28942 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28943 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28944 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28946 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28947 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28948 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28950 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28951 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28952 resumed later.
28954 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28956 ;;;***
28958 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28959 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
28960 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28962 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28963 Not documented
28965 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28967 ;;;***
28969 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28970 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18791 16534))
28971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28972 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28973 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28974 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28976 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28977 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28978 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28979 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28980 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28981 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28982 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28986 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28987 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28988 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28989 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28991 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28993 \(fn)" t nil)
28995 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28996 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28997 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28998 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28999 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29000 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29001 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29003 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29004 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29006 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29007 \\___/\\
29008 / \\
29009 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29011 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29015 ;;;***
29017 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29018 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29019 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29020 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29021 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
29022 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29024 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29025 Toggle typing break mode.
29026 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29028 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29030 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29032 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29033 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29035 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29037 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29038 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29040 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29041 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29042 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29044 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29045 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29047 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29049 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29050 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29052 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29053 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29054 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29055 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29057 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29059 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29060 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29061 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29063 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29064 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29065 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29066 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29067 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29068 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29070 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29071 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29072 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29073 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29075 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29076 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29078 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29079 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29081 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29083 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29084 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29085 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29087 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29088 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29089 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29090 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29091 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29092 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29093 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29095 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29096 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29098 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29099 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29100 reset the keystroke counter.
29102 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29103 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29104 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29105 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29107 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29108 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29109 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29110 `type-break-schedule' command.
29112 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29113 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29114 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29115 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29116 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29117 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29118 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29119 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29120 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29122 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29123 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29124 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29125 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29126 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29128 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29129 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29130 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29131 approximate good values for this.
29133 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29134 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29136 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29137 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29138 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29139 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29140 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29141 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29143 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29144 a typing break occur. They include:
29146 `type-break-query-mode'
29147 `type-break-query-function'
29148 `type-break-query-interval'
29150 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29152 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29153 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29154 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29155 problems.
29157 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29159 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29160 Take a typing break.
29162 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29163 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29165 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29166 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29168 \(fn)" t nil)
29170 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29171 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29172 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29173 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29175 \(fn)" t nil)
29177 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29178 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29180 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29181 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29182 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29183 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29184 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29185 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29186 average typing speed.)
29188 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29189 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29190 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29191 the computed maximum threshold.
29193 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29194 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29195 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29196 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29197 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29199 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29201 ;;;***
29203 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (18820 21794))
29204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29206 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29207 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29208 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29209 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29210 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29212 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29214 ;;;***
29216 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29217 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18787 48936))
29218 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29220 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29221 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29222 Works by overstriking underscores.
29223 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29224 which specify the range to operate on.
29226 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29228 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29229 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29230 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29231 which specify the range to operate on.
29233 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29235 ;;;***
29237 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29238 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18828 23019))
29239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29241 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29242 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29243 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29245 \(fn)" t nil)
29247 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29248 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29249 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29250 following the containing message.
29252 \(fn)" t nil)
29254 ;;;***
29256 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29257 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
29258 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29260 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29261 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29262 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29263 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29264 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29265 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29267 \(fn)" nil nil)
29269 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29270 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29272 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29274 ;;;***
29276 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18787
29277 ;;;;;; 48923))
29278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29280 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29281 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29282 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29283 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29285 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29287 ;;;***
29289 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29290 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18787 48937))
29291 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29293 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29294 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29295 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29297 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29298 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29299 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29300 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29301 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29302 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29304 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29305 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29306 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29308 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29309 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29310 the callback is not called).
29312 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29313 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29314 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29315 take effect.
29317 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29319 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29320 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29321 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29322 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29323 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29325 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29327 ;;;***
29329 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29330 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18787 48936))
29331 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29333 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29334 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29335 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29337 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29338 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29339 `url-generic-parse-url'
29340 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29341 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29342 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29343 realm
29344 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29345 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29346 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29347 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29348 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29349 what type of auth to use
29350 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29351 if one cannot be found in the cache
29353 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29355 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29356 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29358 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29359 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29360 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29361 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29362 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29363 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29364 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29365 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29367 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29369 ;;;***
29371 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29372 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18787
29373 ;;;;;; 48936))
29374 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29376 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29377 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29379 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29381 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29382 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29386 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29387 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29389 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29391 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29392 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29394 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29396 ;;;***
29398 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18791 16534))
29399 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29401 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29402 Not documented
29404 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29406 ;;;***
29408 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29409 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18787 48936))
29410 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29412 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29413 Not documented
29415 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29417 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29418 Not documented
29420 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29422 ;;;***
29424 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18829
29425 ;;;;;; 63990))
29426 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29428 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29429 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29431 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29433 ;;;***
29435 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29436 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18787 48936))
29437 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29439 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29440 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29442 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29444 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29445 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29446 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29447 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29448 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29450 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29452 ;;;***
29454 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29455 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29456 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29457 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29459 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29460 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29461 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29463 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29464 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29466 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29468 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29469 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29473 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29474 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29475 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29476 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29478 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29480 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29481 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29482 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29483 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29484 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29485 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29486 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29487 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29488 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29490 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29492 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29493 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29494 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29495 accessible.
29497 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29499 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29500 Not documented
29502 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29504 ;;;***
29506 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29507 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18787 48936))
29508 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29510 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29511 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29512 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29513 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29514 CBARGS as the arguments.
29516 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29518 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29519 Not documented
29521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29523 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29525 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29526 Not documented
29528 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29530 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29531 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29532 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29534 Property list members:
29536 methods
29537 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29538 supports.
29541 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29542 supported.
29544 dasl
29545 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29547 ranges
29548 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29551 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29552 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29553 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29554 Emacs/W3.
29556 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29558 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29559 Default HTTPS port.")
29561 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29562 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29563 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29565 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29566 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29567 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29568 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29569 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29571 ;;;***
29573 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18787 48936))
29574 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29576 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29577 Not documented
29579 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29581 ;;;***
29583 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18787
29584 ;;;;;; 48936))
29585 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29587 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29588 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29589 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29590 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29591 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29593 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29595 ;;;***
29597 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29598 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29599 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29601 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29602 Not documented
29604 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29606 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29607 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29609 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29611 ;;;***
29613 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29614 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18787 48937))
29615 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29617 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29618 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29620 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29622 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29623 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29625 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29627 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29628 Not documented
29630 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29632 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29634 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29636 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29638 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29639 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29641 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29643 ;;;***
29645 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29646 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29647 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29649 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29650 Not documented
29652 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29654 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29655 Not documented
29657 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29659 ;;;***
29661 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29662 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29663 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29664 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29666 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29667 Not documented
29669 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29671 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29672 Not documented
29674 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29676 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29677 Not documented
29679 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29681 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29682 Not documented
29684 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29686 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29687 Not documented
29689 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29691 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29692 Not documented
29694 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29696 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29697 Not documented
29699 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29701 ;;;***
29703 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29704 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18787 48937))
29705 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29707 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29708 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29710 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29712 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29713 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29714 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29715 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29717 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29719 ;;;***
29721 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29722 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29723 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29725 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29726 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29728 \(fn)" t nil)
29730 ;;;***
29732 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29733 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29734 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29735 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29736 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29737 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29738 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18834 13433))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29741 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29742 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29743 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29745 If t, all messages will be logged.
29746 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29747 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29749 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29751 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29752 Not documented
29754 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29756 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29757 Not documented
29759 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29761 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29762 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29763 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29764 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29765 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29766 & ==> &amp;
29767 < ==> &lt;
29768 > ==> &gt;
29769 \" ==> &quot;
29771 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29773 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29774 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29775 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29777 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29779 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29780 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29781 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29783 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29785 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29786 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29788 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29790 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29791 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29793 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29795 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29796 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29798 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29800 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29801 Not documented
29803 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29805 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29806 Not documented
29808 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29810 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29811 Not documented
29813 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29815 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29817 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29818 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29820 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29822 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29823 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29825 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29827 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29828 Not documented
29830 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29832 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29833 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29834 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29835 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29836 forbidden in URL encoding.
29838 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29840 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29841 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29842 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29843 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29844 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29845 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29847 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29849 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29850 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29851 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29852 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29854 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29856 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29857 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29858 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29860 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29862 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29863 View the current document's URL.
29864 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29865 the minibuffer.
29867 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29869 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29871 ;;;***
29873 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29874 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18787 48918))
29875 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29877 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29878 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29879 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29880 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29881 to refrain from editing the file
29882 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29883 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29884 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29885 in any way you like.
29887 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29889 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29890 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29891 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29892 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29893 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29895 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29896 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29898 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29900 ;;;***
29902 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29903 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29904 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18787 48928))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29907 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29908 Not documented
29910 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29912 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29913 Not documented
29915 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29917 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29918 Not documented
29920 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29922 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29923 Not documented
29925 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29927 ;;;***
29929 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29930 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29931 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
29932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29934 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29935 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29936 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29937 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29939 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29941 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29942 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29943 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29945 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29947 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29948 Uudecode region between START and END.
29949 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29951 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29953 ;;;***
29955 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29956 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29957 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag
29958 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window vc-diff
29959 ;;;;;; vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29960 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18787 48919))
29961 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29963 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29964 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29965 See `run-hooks'.")
29967 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29969 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29970 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29971 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29973 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29975 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29976 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29977 See `run-hooks'.")
29979 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29981 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29982 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29983 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29985 For locking systems:
29986 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29987 control.
29988 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29989 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29990 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29991 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29992 it performs a revert on that file.
29993 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29994 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29995 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29996 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29997 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29998 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29999 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30001 For merging systems:
30002 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30003 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30004 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30005 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30006 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30007 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30008 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30009 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30010 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30012 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30014 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30015 Register into a version control system.
30016 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30017 Otherwise register the current file.
30018 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30019 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30021 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30022 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30023 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30024 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30025 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30026 first backend that could register the file is used.
30028 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30030 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30031 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30033 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30035 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30036 Display diffs between file revisions.
30037 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30038 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30039 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30041 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30042 saving the buffer.
30044 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30046 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30047 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30048 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30049 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30051 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30053 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30054 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30055 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30056 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30058 \(fn)" t nil)
30060 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30061 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30062 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30063 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30064 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30065 from the current branch.
30067 See Info node `Merging'.
30069 \(fn)" t nil)
30071 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30073 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30074 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30075 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30076 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30077 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30078 checked out in that new branch.
30080 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30082 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30083 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30084 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30085 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30086 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30087 allowed and simply skipped).
30089 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30091 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30092 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30093 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30095 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30097 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30098 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30099 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30100 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30102 \(fn)" t nil)
30104 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30105 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30106 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30107 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30109 \(fn)" t nil)
30111 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30113 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30114 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30115 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30116 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30117 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30118 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30120 \(fn)" t nil)
30122 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30123 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30124 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30125 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30126 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30127 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30128 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30130 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30132 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30133 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30134 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30135 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30136 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30137 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30138 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30139 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30140 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30142 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30144 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30145 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30147 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30149 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30150 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30151 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30152 directory.
30154 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30156 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30157 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30158 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30160 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30161 log entries should be gathered.
30163 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30165 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30166 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30168 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30170 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30171 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30173 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30175 ;;;***
30177 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18787
30178 ;;;;;; 48918))
30179 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30181 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30182 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30184 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30185 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30186 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30187 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30188 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30189 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30191 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30192 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30193 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30194 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30195 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30196 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30197 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30198 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30200 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30202 Customization variables:
30204 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30205 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30206 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30207 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30209 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30211 ;;;***
30213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18787 48918))
30214 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30215 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30216 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30217 (progn
30218 (load "vc-arch")
30219 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30221 ;;;***
30223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18825 40643))
30224 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30226 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30227 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30229 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30230 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30231 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30232 (progn
30233 (load "vc-bzr")
30234 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30236 ;;;***
30238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18787 48919))
30239 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30240 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30241 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30242 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30243 (load "vc-cvs")
30244 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30246 ;;;***
30248 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18853 19460))
30249 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30251 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30252 Show the VC status for DIR.
30253 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30254 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30256 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30258 ;;;***
30260 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30261 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30262 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30264 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30265 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30266 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30267 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30268 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30269 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30270 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30271 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30272 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30273 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30274 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30275 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30276 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30278 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30280 ;;;***
30282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18834 56792))
30283 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30284 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30285 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30286 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30287 (progn
30288 (load "vc-git")
30289 (vc-git-registered file))))
30291 ;;;***
30293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18799 16231))
30294 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30295 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30296 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30297 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30298 (progn
30299 (load "vc-hg")
30300 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30302 ;;;***
30304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18787 48919))
30305 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30307 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30309 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30310 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30311 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30312 (progn
30313 (load "vc-mtn")
30314 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30316 ;;;***
30318 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30319 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30320 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30322 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30323 Where to look for RCS master files.
30324 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30326 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30328 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30330 ;;;***
30332 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30333 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30334 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30336 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30337 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30338 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30340 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30341 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30343 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30344 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30345 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30346 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30348 ;;;***
30350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18834 13432))
30351 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30352 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30353 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30354 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30355 "_svn")
30356 (t ".svn"))))
30357 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30358 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30359 (file-name-directory f)))
30360 (load "vc-svn")
30361 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30363 ;;;***
30365 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30366 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
30367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30368 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30370 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30371 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30373 Usage:
30374 ------
30376 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30377 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30378 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30379 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30381 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30382 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30383 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30384 completions.
30386 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30387 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30389 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30390 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30392 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30393 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30394 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30396 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30399 Maintenance:
30400 ------------
30402 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30403 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30405 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30407 Official distribution is at
30408 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30411 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30412 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30414 Key bindings:
30415 -------------
30417 \\{vera-mode-map}
30419 \(fn)" t nil)
30421 ;;;***
30423 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30424 ;;;;;; (18836 39031))
30425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30427 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30428 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30429 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30430 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30431 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30433 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30435 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30436 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30438 Supports highlighting.
30440 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30441 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30443 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30445 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30446 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30447 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30448 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30449 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30450 on the left side of your screen.
30451 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30452 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30453 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30454 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30455 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30456 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30457 function keyword.
30458 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30459 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30460 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30461 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30462 if (a)
30463 begin
30464 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30465 Indentation for case statements.
30466 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30467 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30468 mark after an end.
30469 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30470 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30471 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30472 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30473 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30474 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30475 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30476 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30477 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30478 if (a)
30479 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30480 otherwise you get:
30481 if (a)
30482 begin
30483 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30484 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30485 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30486 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30487 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30488 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30489 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30490 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30491 comments in tight quarters.
30492 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30493 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30495 Variables controlling other actions:
30497 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30498 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30499 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30501 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30503 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30505 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30506 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30507 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30509 Some other functions are:
30511 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30512 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30513 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30514 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30515 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30517 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30518 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30519 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30520 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30522 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30523 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30524 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30525 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30526 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30527 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30528 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30529 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30530 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30531 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30532 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30533 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30534 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30535 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30536 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30537 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30538 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30539 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30540 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30541 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30542 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30543 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30544 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30545 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30546 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30547 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30548 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30549 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30551 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30552 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30554 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30556 \(fn)" t nil)
30558 ;;;***
30560 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30561 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
30562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30564 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30565 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30567 Usage:
30568 ------
30570 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30571 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30572 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30573 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30574 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30575 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30576 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30577 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30578 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30580 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30581 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30582 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30583 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30585 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30586 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30587 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30588 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30589 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30591 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30592 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30595 HEADER INSERTION:
30596 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30597 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30598 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30601 STUTTERING:
30602 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30603 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30604 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30605 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30607 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30608 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30609 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30610 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30611 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30614 WORD COMPLETION:
30615 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30616 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30617 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30618 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30620 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30621 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30622 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30623 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30624 beginning with \"std\").
30626 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30627 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30628 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30629 stop.
30632 COMMENTS:
30633 `--' puts a single comment.
30634 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30635 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30636 with a comment in between.
30637 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30638 out following lines.
30639 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30640 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30642 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30643 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30644 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30645 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30646 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30647 non-nil.
30649 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30650 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30651 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30652 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30653 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30654 multi-line comments.
30657 INDENTATION:
30658 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30659 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30660 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30661 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30663 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30664 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30665 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30666 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30668 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30669 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30670 and vice versa.
30672 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30673 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30676 ALIGNMENT:
30677 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30678 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30679 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30680 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30681 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30682 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30683 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30684 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30686 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30687 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30688 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30689 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30690 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30691 is non-nil.
30693 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30694 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30695 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30697 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30698 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30701 CODE FILLING:
30702 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30703 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30704 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30705 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30706 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30707 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30710 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30711 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30712 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30713 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30714 command:
30716 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30719 PORT TRANSLATION:
30720 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30721 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30722 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30723 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30724 internal signal initializations (menu).
30726 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30727 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30728 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30730 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30731 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30732 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30733 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30734 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30735 in subsequent paste operations.)
30737 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30738 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30739 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30742 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30743 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30744 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30745 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30746 association list with formals).
30749 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30750 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30751 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30752 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30753 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30754 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30755 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30756 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30757 `vhdl-testbench'.
30760 KEY BINDINGS:
30761 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30764 VHDL MENU:
30765 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30768 FILE BROWSER:
30769 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30770 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30771 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30773 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30774 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30777 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30778 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30779 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30780 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30782 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30783 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30784 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30786 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30787 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30788 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30789 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30791 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30792 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30793 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30794 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30795 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30797 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30798 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30799 required by secondary units.
30802 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30803 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30804 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30805 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30806 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30807 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30808 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30809 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30810 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30811 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30812 inputs to this component -> input port created
30813 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30814 outputs from this component -> output port created
30815 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30816 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30818 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30819 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30820 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30821 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30822 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30824 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30825 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30827 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30828 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30829 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30830 component instantiation is also supported (option
30831 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30833 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30834 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30835 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30836 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30837 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30838 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30839 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30840 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30841 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30842 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30843 | generating the configuration.
30845 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30846 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30847 | configurations in speedbar.
30849 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30852 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30853 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30854 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30855 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30856 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30857 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30858 information. New compilers can be added.
30860 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30861 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30864 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30865 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30866 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30867 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30868 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30870 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30871 command:
30873 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30874 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30875 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30877 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30878 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30879 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30880 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30881 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30882 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30883 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30885 Limitations:
30886 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30887 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30888 not (yet) supported.
30889 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30890 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30891 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30894 PROJECTS:
30895 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30896 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30897 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30898 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30899 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30900 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30901 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30902 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30904 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30905 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30906 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30907 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30908 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30909 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30910 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30911 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30912 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30913 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30914 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30917 SPECIAL MENUES:
30918 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30919 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30920 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30921 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30922 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30923 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30924 current directory for VHDL source files.
30927 VHDL STANDARDS:
30928 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30929 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30932 KEYWORD CASE:
30933 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30934 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30935 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30936 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30937 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30938 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30939 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30940 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30943 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30944 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30945 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30946 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30947 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30948 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30949 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30951 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30952 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30953 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30954 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30955 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30956 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30958 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30959 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30960 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30961 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30962 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30963 visually.
30965 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30966 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30967 highlighted if written in lower case.
30969 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30970 highlighted using a different background color if option
30971 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30973 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30974 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30975 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30976 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30977 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30980 USER MODELS:
30981 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30982 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30983 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30986 HIDE/SHOW:
30987 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30988 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30989 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30990 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30991 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30994 CODE UPDATING:
30995 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30996 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30997 Limitations:
30998 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30999 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31000 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31001 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31002 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31003 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31004 (used to obtain the port names).
31007 CODE FIXING:
31008 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31009 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31012 PRINTING:
31013 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31014 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31015 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31016 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31017 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31018 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31019 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31020 printers.
31023 OPTIONS:
31024 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31025 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31026 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31027 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31028 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31030 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31031 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31032 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31033 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31034 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31035 INSTALL file).
31037 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31038 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31041 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31042 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31043 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31044 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31046 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31049 HINTS:
31050 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31051 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31053 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31055 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31057 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31060 RELEASE NOTES:
31061 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31064 Maintenance:
31065 ------------
31067 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31068 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31070 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31072 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31073 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31074 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31075 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31077 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31078 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31079 where the latest version can be found.
31082 Known problems:
31083 ---------------
31085 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31086 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31087 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31090 The VHDL Mode Authors
31091 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31093 Key bindings:
31094 -------------
31096 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31098 \(fn)" t nil)
31100 ;;;***
31102 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18791 16518))
31103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31105 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31106 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31107 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31108 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31110 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31111 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31112 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31113 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31114 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31116 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31117 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31119 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31121 * Limitations and unsupported features
31122 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31123 not supported.
31124 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31125 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31127 * Modifications
31128 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31129 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31130 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31131 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31132 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31133 for undoing a repeated change command.
31134 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31135 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31136 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31138 * Extensions
31139 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31140 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31141 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31142 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31143 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31144 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31145 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31146 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31148 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31150 \(fn)" t nil)
31152 ;;;***
31154 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31155 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31156 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31157 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18787 48929))
31158 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31160 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31161 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31163 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31165 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31166 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31167 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31168 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31170 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31172 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31173 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31175 \(fn)" t nil)
31177 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31178 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31179 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31180 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31184 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31185 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31187 \(fn)" t nil)
31189 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31190 Not documented
31192 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31194 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31195 Not documented
31197 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31199 ;;;***
31201 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31202 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31203 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31204 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31205 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18787 48919))
31206 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31208 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31209 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31210 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31212 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31214 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31215 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31216 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31217 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31219 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31221 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31222 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31224 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31226 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31227 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31228 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31229 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31230 moving around in the buffer.
31231 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31232 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31234 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31236 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31238 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31239 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31240 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31241 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31243 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31244 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31245 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31246 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31247 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31249 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31251 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31253 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31254 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31255 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31256 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31257 buffer.
31259 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31260 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31261 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31262 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31263 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31265 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31267 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31269 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31270 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31271 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31272 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31273 moving around in the buffer.
31274 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31275 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31277 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31279 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31280 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31281 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31283 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31284 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31285 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31286 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31288 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31290 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31291 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31292 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31293 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31294 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31295 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31297 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31301 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31302 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31303 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31305 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31307 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31308 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31309 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31310 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31311 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31312 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31313 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31314 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31316 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31318 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31319 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31320 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31322 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31324 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31325 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31326 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31327 turn it off.
31329 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31330 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31331 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31332 read-only.
31333 \\<view-mode-map>
31334 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31335 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31336 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31337 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31338 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31340 H, h, ? This message.
31341 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31342 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31343 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31344 > move to the end of buffer.
31345 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31346 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31347 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31348 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31349 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31350 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31351 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31352 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31353 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31354 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31355 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31356 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31357 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31358 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31359 Use this to view a changing file.
31360 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31361 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31362 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31363 . set the mark.
31364 x exchanges point and mark.
31365 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31366 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31367 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31368 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31369 ' go to position saved in character register.
31370 s do forward incremental search.
31371 r do reverse incremental search.
31372 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31373 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31374 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31375 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31376 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31377 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31378 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31379 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31380 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31381 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31382 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31383 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31384 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31385 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31386 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31387 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31388 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31390 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31391 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31392 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31393 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31394 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31395 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31396 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31397 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31398 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31400 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31404 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31405 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31406 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31407 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31408 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31409 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31410 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31411 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31412 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31414 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31416 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31417 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31418 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31419 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31420 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31421 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31422 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31424 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31425 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31426 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31427 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31428 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31429 1) nil Do nothing.
31430 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31431 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31432 frame.
31433 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31434 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31435 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31436 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31438 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31440 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31442 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31444 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31445 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31447 \(fn)" t nil)
31449 ;;;***
31451 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18791
31452 ;;;;;; 16518))
31453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31455 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31456 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31458 \(fn)" nil nil)
31460 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31461 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31463 \(fn)" t nil)
31465 ;;;***
31467 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31468 ;;;;;; (18791 16518))
31469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31471 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31472 Toggle Viper on/off.
31473 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31475 \(fn)" t nil)
31477 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31478 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31480 \(fn)" t nil)
31482 ;;;***
31484 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31485 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
31486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31488 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31489 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31490 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31491 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31492 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31493 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31494 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31495 the beginning of the warning.")
31497 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31498 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31499 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31500 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31501 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31502 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31503 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31504 also call that function before the next warning.")
31506 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31507 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31509 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31510 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31511 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31512 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31514 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31515 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31516 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31517 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31518 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31519 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31521 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31522 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31523 Default is :warning.
31525 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31526 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31527 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31528 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31529 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31530 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31532 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31533 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31534 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31536 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31538 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31539 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31541 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31543 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31544 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31545 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31546 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31548 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31549 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31550 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31551 can be whatever you like.)
31553 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31554 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31556 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31557 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31558 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31559 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31560 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31562 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31564 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31565 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31566 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31567 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31568 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31570 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31572 ;;;***
31574 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31575 ;;;;;; (18791 16514))
31576 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31578 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31579 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31580 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31581 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31582 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31583 in disk.
31585 See `wdired-mode'.
31587 \(fn)" t nil)
31589 ;;;***
31591 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18787 48931))
31592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31594 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31595 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31597 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31598 hotlist.
31600 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31601 <nwv@acm.org>.
31603 \(fn)" t nil)
31605 ;;;***
31607 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31608 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
31609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31610 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31611 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31613 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31615 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31616 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31617 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31619 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31620 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31622 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31624 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31625 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31626 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31627 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31629 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31630 and off otherwise.
31632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31634 ;;;***
31636 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31637 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31638 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31639 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18787 48919))
31640 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31642 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31643 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31645 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31646 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31647 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31648 Only useful with a windowing system.
31650 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31651 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31655 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31656 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31658 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31659 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31660 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31661 Only useful with a windowing system.
31663 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31664 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31665 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31666 use `whitespace-mode'.
31668 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31672 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31673 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31674 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31676 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31677 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31679 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31681 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31682 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31684 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31685 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31686 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31687 Only useful with a windowing system.
31689 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31690 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31694 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31695 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31696 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31699 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31701 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31703 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31704 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31706 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31707 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31708 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31709 Only useful with a windowing system.
31711 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31712 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31713 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31714 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31716 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31720 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31721 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31723 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31724 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31726 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31727 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31729 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31731 CHAR MEANING
31732 (VIA FACES)
31733 t toggle TAB visualization
31734 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31735 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31736 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31737 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31738 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31739 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31740 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31741 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31742 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31743 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31744 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31745 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31746 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31747 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31748 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31750 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31751 T toggle TAB visualization
31752 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31753 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31755 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31756 ? display brief help
31758 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31759 The valid symbols are:
31761 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31762 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31763 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31764 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31765 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31766 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31767 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31768 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31769 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31770 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31771 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31772 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31773 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31774 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31775 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31776 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31778 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31779 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31780 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31782 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31784 Only useful with a windowing system.
31786 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31788 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31790 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31791 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31793 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31794 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31796 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31797 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31799 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31801 CHAR MEANING
31802 (VIA FACES)
31803 t toggle TAB visualization
31804 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31805 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31806 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31807 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31808 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31809 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31810 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31811 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31812 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31813 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31814 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31815 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31816 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31817 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31818 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31820 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31821 T toggle TAB visualization
31822 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31823 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31825 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31826 ? display brief help
31828 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31829 The valid symbols are:
31831 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31832 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31833 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31834 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31835 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31836 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31837 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31838 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31839 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31840 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31841 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31842 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31843 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31844 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31845 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31846 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31848 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31849 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31850 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31852 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31854 Only useful with a windowing system.
31856 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31858 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31860 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31861 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31863 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31864 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31865 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31866 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31867 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31869 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31871 The problems cleaned up are:
31873 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31874 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31875 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31876 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31878 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31879 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31880 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31881 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31882 SPACEs.
31883 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31884 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31885 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31886 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31888 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31889 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31890 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31891 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31892 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31893 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31894 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31895 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31897 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31898 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31899 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31901 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31902 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31903 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31904 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31905 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31906 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31907 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31908 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31910 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31911 documentation.
31913 \(fn)" t nil)
31915 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31916 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31918 The problems cleaned up are:
31920 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31921 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31922 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31923 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31924 SPACEs.
31925 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31926 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31927 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31928 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31930 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31931 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31932 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31933 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31934 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31935 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31936 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31937 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31939 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31940 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31941 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31943 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31945 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31946 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31947 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31948 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31949 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31950 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31952 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31953 documentation.
31955 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31957 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31958 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31960 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31961 non-nil.
31963 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31964 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31965 `whitespace-style' to have:
31967 empty
31968 trailing
31969 indentation
31970 space-before-tab
31971 space-after-tab
31973 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31974 whitespace problems in buffer.
31976 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31978 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31979 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31980 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31981 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31982 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31983 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31984 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31986 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31987 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31988 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31989 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31990 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31991 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31992 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31994 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31995 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31996 cleaning up these problems.
31998 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32000 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32001 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32003 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32004 non-nil.
32006 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32007 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32008 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32010 empty
32011 indentation
32012 space-before-tab
32013 trailing
32014 space-after-tab
32016 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32017 whitespace problems in buffer.
32019 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32021 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32022 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32023 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32024 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32025 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32026 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32027 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32029 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32030 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32031 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32032 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32033 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32034 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32035 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32037 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32038 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32039 cleaning up these problems.
32041 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32043 ;;;***
32045 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32046 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18787 48919))
32047 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32049 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32050 Browse the widget under point.
32052 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32054 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32055 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32057 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32059 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32060 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32062 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32064 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32065 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32066 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32070 ;;;***
32072 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32073 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18787
32074 ;;;;;; 48919))
32075 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32077 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32078 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32080 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32082 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32083 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32084 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32086 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32088 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32089 Create widget of TYPE.
32090 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32092 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32094 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32095 Delete WIDGET.
32097 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32099 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32100 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32102 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32104 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32105 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32106 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32108 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32109 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32111 \(fn)" nil nil)
32113 ;;;***
32115 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32116 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18787
32117 ;;;;;; 48919))
32118 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32120 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32121 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32122 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32123 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32124 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32125 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32126 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32130 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32131 Select the window above the current one.
32132 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32133 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32134 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32135 negative ARG) of the current window.
32136 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32140 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32141 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32142 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32143 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32144 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32145 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32146 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32150 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32151 Select the window below the current one.
32152 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32153 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32154 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32155 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32156 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32160 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32161 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32162 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32163 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32165 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32167 ;;;***
32169 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32170 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32171 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32173 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32174 Toggle Winner mode.
32175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32176 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32178 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32180 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32181 Toggle Winner mode.
32182 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32186 ;;;***
32188 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32189 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18787 48919))
32190 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32192 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32193 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32194 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32195 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32196 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32198 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32200 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32201 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32202 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32203 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32204 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32205 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32206 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32207 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32209 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32210 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32212 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32214 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32215 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32217 \(fn)" t nil)
32219 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32220 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32221 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32222 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32223 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32224 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32225 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32226 `woman' command for further details.
32228 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32230 ;;;***
32232 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32233 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
32234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32236 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32237 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32239 BUGS:
32240 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32241 are not implemented
32242 - Options for search and replace
32243 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32244 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32246 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32247 Emacs-like.
32249 The key bindings are:
32251 C-a backward-word
32252 C-b fill-paragraph
32253 C-c scroll-up-line
32254 C-d forward-char
32255 C-e previous-line
32256 C-f forward-word
32257 C-g delete-char
32258 C-h backward-char
32259 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32260 C-j help-for-help
32261 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32262 C-l ws-repeat-search
32263 C-n open-line
32264 C-p quoted-insert
32265 C-r scroll-down-line
32266 C-s backward-char
32267 C-t kill-word
32268 C-u keyboard-quit
32269 C-v overwrite-mode
32270 C-w scroll-down
32271 C-x next-line
32272 C-y kill-complete-line
32273 C-z scroll-up
32275 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32276 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32277 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32278 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32279 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32280 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32281 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32282 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32283 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32284 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32285 C-k b ws-begin-block
32286 C-k c ws-copy-block
32287 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32288 C-k f find-file
32289 C-k h ws-show-markers
32290 C-k i ws-indent-block
32291 C-k k ws-end-block
32292 C-k p ws-print-block
32293 C-k q kill-emacs
32294 C-k r insert-file
32295 C-k s save-some-buffers
32296 C-k t ws-mark-word
32297 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32298 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32299 C-k v ws-move-block
32300 C-k w ws-write-block
32301 C-k x kill-emacs
32302 C-k y ws-delete-block
32304 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32305 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32306 C-o j justify-current-line
32307 C-o k kill-buffer
32308 C-o l list-buffers
32309 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32310 C-o r set-fill-column
32311 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32312 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32313 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32314 C-o wo other-window
32315 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32317 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32318 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32319 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32320 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32321 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32322 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32323 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32324 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32325 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32326 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32327 C-q a ws-query-replace
32328 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32329 C-q c end-of-buffer
32330 C-q d end-of-line
32331 C-q f ws-search
32332 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32333 C-q l ws-undo
32334 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32335 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32336 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32337 C-q w ws-last-error
32338 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32339 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32341 \(fn)" t nil)
32343 ;;;***
32345 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (18787 48931))
32346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32348 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32349 Perform an interactive search.
32350 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32351 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32352 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32353 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32355 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32356 Example:
32358 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32360 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32362 ;;;***
32364 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32365 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32366 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32368 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32369 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32370 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32371 Returns the top node with all its children.
32372 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32373 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32375 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32377 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32378 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32379 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32380 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32381 is not well-formed XML.
32382 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32383 and returned as the first element of the list.
32384 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32386 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32388 ;;;***
32390 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32391 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18787 48932))
32392 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32394 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32395 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32396 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32397 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32398 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32399 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32400 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32401 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32402 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32403 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32405 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32407 ;;;***
32409 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18827
32410 ;;;;;; 8828))
32411 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32413 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32414 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32415 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32416 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32417 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32418 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32420 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32422 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32423 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32424 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32425 it off.
32427 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32428 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32429 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32430 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32431 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32432 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32436 ;;;***
32438 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32439 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18787 48928))
32440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32442 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32443 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32445 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32447 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32448 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32450 \(fn)" nil nil)
32452 ;;;***
32454 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32455 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18787 48933))
32456 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32458 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32459 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32461 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32463 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32464 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32466 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32468 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32469 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32470 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32472 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32474 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32475 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32477 \(fn)" t nil)
32479 ;;;***
32481 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18787 48933))
32482 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32484 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32485 Zone out, completely.
32487 \(fn)" t nil)
32489 ;;;***
32491 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-install.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el")
32642 ;;;;;; (18853 59155 478313))
32644 ;;;***
32646 (provide 'loaddefs)
32647 ;; Local Variables:
32648 ;; version-control: never
32649 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32650 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32651 ;; coding: utf-8
32652 ;; End:
32653 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here